NO801586L - GUANIDINES, PROCEDURES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS CONTAINING SUCH COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE - Google Patents
GUANIDINES, PROCEDURES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS CONTAINING SUCH COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USEInfo
- Publication number
- NO801586L NO801586L NO801586A NO801586A NO801586L NO 801586 L NO801586 L NO 801586L NO 801586 A NO801586 A NO 801586A NO 801586 A NO801586 A NO 801586A NO 801586 L NO801586 L NO 801586L
- Authority
- NO
- Norway
- Prior art keywords
- formula
- group
- compounds
- residue
- phenyl
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims description 134
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 36
- 150000002357 guanidines Chemical class 0.000 title claims description 15
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 title claims description 6
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 title description 3
- -1 guanidine compound Chemical class 0.000 claims description 121
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 70
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 67
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 51
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 51
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 46
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 44
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 34
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 34
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 33
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 22
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004474 heteroalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 8
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical group [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229940083094 guanine derivative acting on arteriolar smooth muscle Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-phenyl amine Natural products NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 4
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000005526 alkyl sulfate group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous guanidine Natural products NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS([O-])(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000001541 aziridines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 3
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical class [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 claims 1
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 210
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 86
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 75
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 description 54
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 49
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 49
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 48
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 45
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 39
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 39
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 38
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 32
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 30
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 26
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 25
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 24
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 16
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- ANFZRGMDGDYNGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;propan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(C)O.CCOC(C)=O ANFZRGMDGDYNGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 14
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 12
- QKFJKGMPGYROCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl isothiocyanate Chemical class S=C=NC1=CC=CC=C1 QKFJKGMPGYROCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 11
- GWGYWPVDPMAYSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethoxy-3,6-dihydro-2h-1,4-thiazine Chemical compound CCOC1=NCCSC1 GWGYWPVDPMAYSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 235000011121 sodium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000005237 alkyleneamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 9
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- NBEMQPLNBYYUAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;propan-2-one Chemical compound CC(C)=O.CCOC(C)=O NBEMQPLNBYYUAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- GCZSWGICQLWNQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-phenylmorpholine-4-carboximidoyl chloride Chemical compound C1COCCN1C(Cl)=NC1=CC=CC=C1 GCZSWGICQLWNQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Substances [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 7
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 7
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BURVFMDIQCCRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethoxy-3,6-dihydro-2h-1,4-oxazine Chemical compound CCOC1=NCCOC1 BURVFMDIQCCRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- CIUQDSCDWFSTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [C]1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical class [C]1=CC=CC=C1 CIUQDSCDWFSTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000002829 nitrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229940117953 phenylisothiocyanate Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 125000005505 thiomorpholino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- FULZLIGZKMKICU-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-phenylthiourea Chemical compound NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1 FULZLIGZKMKICU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonic acid Substances CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 5
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000000464 thioxo group Chemical group S=* 0.000 description 5
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OGYGFUAIIOPWQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazolidine Chemical compound C1CSCN1 OGYGFUAIIOPWQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RZQQXRVPPOOCQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1,3,4-oxadiazole Chemical compound C1NN=CO1 RZQQXRVPPOOCQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BFCQBLNMMBPOCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dimethyl-1,2-oxazolidin-3-imine;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.CC1CC(=N)N(C)O1 BFCQBLNMMBPOCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WYNCHZVNFNFDNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazolidine Chemical compound C1COCN1 WYNCHZVNFNFDNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 4
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000001448 anilines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 4
- FDSGHYHRLSWSLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;propan-2-one Chemical compound ClCCl.CC(C)=O FDSGHYHRLSWSLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 4
- LNOQURRKNJKKBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl piperazine-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)N1CCNCC1 LNOQURRKNJKKBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000003585 thioureas Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- OQFUNFPIPRUQAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-thiazepane Chemical compound C1CNCCSC1 OQFUNFPIPRUQAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEQPBCSPRXFQQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydro-1,2-oxazole Chemical compound C1CC=NO1 WEQPBCSPRXFQQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003302 alkenyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 3
- WBKFWQBXFREOFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;ethyl acetate Chemical compound ClCCl.CCOC(C)=O WBKFWQBXFREOFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004705 ethylthio group Chemical group C(C)S* 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 3
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl sulfate Chemical class COS(O)(=O)=O JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuric acid group Chemical class S(O)(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholine Chemical compound C1CSCCN1 BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NNJPGOLRFBJNIW-HNNXBMFYSA-N (-)-demecolcine Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(=O)C=C2[C@@H](NC)CCC3=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C3C2=C1 NNJPGOLRFBJNIW-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRYLJBWDZZMDSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-methoxyphenyl)thiourea Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(NC(N)=S)C=C1 SRYLJBWDZZMDSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIISBYKBBMFLEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-oxazolidine Chemical compound C1CNOC1 CIISBYKBBMFLEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CZSRXHJVZUBEGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-thiazolidine Chemical compound C1CNSC1 CZSRXHJVZUBEGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HDWDXJNEZIGGOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dimethylimidazolidin-2-imine;hydrobromide Chemical compound Br.CN1CCN(C)C1=N HDWDXJNEZIGGOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VKRGLHLCUMMXHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1,3,4-thiadiazole Chemical compound C1NN=CS1 VKRGLHLCUMMXHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZABMHLDQFJHDSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1,3-oxazole Chemical compound C1NC=CO1 ZABMHLDQFJHDSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYJGEOAXBALSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1,3-thiazole Chemical compound C1NC=CS1 OYJGEOAXBALSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LWTIGYSPAXKMDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1h-imidazole Chemical compound C1NC=CN1 LWTIGYSPAXKMDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IMSODMZESSGVBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Oxazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CO1 IMSODMZESSGVBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SYBYTAAJFKOIEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-Methylbutan-2-one Chemical compound CC(C)C(C)=O SYBYTAAJFKOIEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KSSBKPQKPPKEOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-3-ium-2-amine;iodide Chemical compound I.CN1N=CSC1=N KSSBKPQKPPKEOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CLXLAMPTFDZNAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-imine;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.CN1N=C(C(F)(F)F)SC1=N CLXLAMPTFDZNAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUUULVAMQJLDSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydro-1,2-thiazole Chemical compound C1CC=NS1 GUUULVAMQJLDSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WEDKTMOIKOKBSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydrothiadiazole Chemical compound C1CN=NS1 WEDKTMOIKOKBSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000945 Amylopectin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)C ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UGJLICYHJQFATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N I.FC1=CC=C(C=C1)NC(=N)N1CCOCC1 Chemical compound I.FC1=CC=C(C=C1)NC(=N)N1CCOCC1 UGJLICYHJQFATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WLLGXSLBOPFWQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N MGK 264 Chemical compound C1=CC2CC1C1C2C(=O)N(CC(CC)CCCC)C1=O WLLGXSLBOPFWQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003929 acidic solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000008050 dialkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl sulfate Chemical compound COS(=O)(=O)OC VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- CWCPCQIFBQOCER-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 6-ethoxy-3,5-dihydro-2h-pyrazine-4-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)N1CCN=C(OCC)C1 CWCPCQIFBQOCER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004992 fission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- UQSQSQZYBQSBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M fluorosulfonate Chemical group [O-]S(F)(=O)=O UQSQSQZYBQSBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000001421 hyperglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002218 hypoglycaemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003965 isoxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- MBABOKRGFJTBAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl methanesulfonate Chemical compound COS(C)(=O)=O MBABOKRGFJTBAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RVVNEQQMDNKLRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl n'-(4-chlorophenyl)carbamimidothioate Chemical compound CSC(N)=NC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 RVVNEQQMDNKLRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FJJNSZFEBMSNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl n'-(4-methoxyphenyl)carbamimidothioate;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.COC1=CC=C(NC(=N)SC)C=C1 FJJNSZFEBMSNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M methyl sulfate(1-) Chemical compound COS([O-])(=O)=O JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- JPOAMYXNRVQRHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n',4-diphenylpiperidine-1-carboximidamide;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.C1CC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)CCN1C(N)=NC1=CC=CC=C1 JPOAMYXNRVQRHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FZRCEOAZNGUKKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-phenylpyrrolidine-1-carboximidamide;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.C1CCCN1C(N)=NC1=CC=CC=C1 FZRCEOAZNGUKKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBXBWBBVLXZQBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-(5-hydroxy-2-methyl-1h-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-2-methoxyacetamide Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(CCNC(=O)COC)=C(C)NC2=C1 YBXBWBBVLXZQBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- DTHHUAXKOMWYBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazolidine Chemical compound C1CONN1 DTHHUAXKOMWYBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- DGTNSSLYPYDJGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl isocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NC1=CC=CC=C1 DGTNSSLYPYDJGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydrogencarbonate Chemical compound [K+].OC([O-])=O TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000011118 potassium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- USPWKWBDZOARPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolidine Chemical compound C1CNNC1 USPWKWBDZOARPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004040 pyrrolidinones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- RLTPJVKHGBFGQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazolidine Chemical compound C1CSNN1 RLTPJVKHGBFGQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CBDKQYKMCICBOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CS1 CBDKQYKMCICBOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 2
- HFVMEOPYDLEHBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-fluorophenyl)-phenylmethanol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(F)C=1C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HFVMEOPYDLEHBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N (e)-2-hydroxybut-2-enedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C(\O)C(O)=O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UUZJJNBYJDFQHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazolidine Chemical compound C1CNNN1 UUZJJNBYJDFQHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GBLQGXFTPLQBTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazoline Chemical compound C1CN=NN1 GBLQGXFTPLQBTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLWJJPNXUDWVCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-oxadiazolidine Chemical compound C1NCON1 BLWJJPNXUDWVCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNBQDDAKLKODPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-triazolidine Chemical group C1NCNN1 WNBQDDAKLKODPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNKDGBCZJDAEFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dimethylimidazol-2-imine;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.CN1C=CN(C)C1=N JNKDGBCZJDAEFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VWQYWKZKOVZIHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazepane Chemical compound C1CCSCNC1 VWQYWKZKOVZIHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNJYLHYEYIKAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazocane Chemical compound C1CCNCSCC1 NGNJYLHYEYIKAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNQDKMKXZAJWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-thiazocane Chemical group C1CCSCCNC1 GNQDKMKXZAJWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RMFCQAUUUKTXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(1,3-dimethylimidazolidin-2-ylidene)-3-phenylthiourea Chemical compound CN1CCN(C)C1=NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1 RMFCQAUUUKTXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKMSRUMSBBGMLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(3-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylidene)-3-phenylthiourea Chemical compound CN1N=CSC1=NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1 VKMSRUMSBBGMLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLJSIKXDLSQKOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(3-methyl-5-methylsulfanyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylidene)-3-phenylthiourea Chemical compound S1C(SC)=NN(C)C1=NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1 JLJSIKXDLSQKOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPLZKMVCGWTZBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(5-ethyl-3-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylidene)-3-phenylthiourea Chemical compound S1C(CC)=NN(C)C1=NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1 DPLZKMVCGWTZBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZGFOBQSQLJDLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-3-isothiocyanatopropane Chemical compound ClCCCN=C=S ZGFOBQSQLJDLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXQAPNSHUJORMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-4-propylbenzene Chemical compound CCCC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 QXQAPNSHUJORMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KEQTWHPMSVAFDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrazole Chemical compound C1NNC=C1 KEQTWHPMSVAFDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBJUQLMVCIEESP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazole Chemical compound C1NC=NO1 HBJUQLMVCIEESP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1S(O)(=O)=O LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FQHWQFIPEVBFKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[5-[cyclopropylmethyl(1,2-dihydroacenaphthylen-5-yl)amino]-3-methoxypyridine-2-carbonyl]cyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1(CC1)CN(C=1C=C(C(=NC=1)C(=O)C1C(C1)C(=O)O)OC)C1=CC=C2CCC=3C=CC=C1C=32 FQHWQFIPEVBFKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LHASZEBEQGPCFM-CJFMBICVSA-N 2-amino-4-[(1r)-1-[[(6r)-6-[(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-7-oxo-3-(phenoxyamino)-5,6-dihydro-2h-1,4-diazepine-1-carbonyl]amino]propyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H]1CNC(CN(C1=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CC)C=1C=C(N)C(C(O)=O)=CC=1)=NOC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1OC LHASZEBEQGPCFM-CJFMBICVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GCXGTCIOBYTXEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1,2-oxazolidin-3-imine;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.CN1OCCC1=N GCXGTCIOBYTXEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- SXATZEUMCUQIFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4,5-trimethyl-1,3-oxazol-2-imine;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.CC=1OC(=N)N(C)C=1C SXATZEUMCUQIFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNDLGIIRRGMEAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dimethyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-imine;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.CC1=NN(C)C(=N)O1 GNDLGIIRRGMEAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGHNUVUCNDNCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dimethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-imine;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.CC1=NN(C)C(=N)S1 KGHNUVUCNDNCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFAVBSFPHAOZPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dimethyl-1,3-thiazol-2-imine;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.CC1=CN(C)C(=N)S1 FFAVBSFPHAOZPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZMGUYZTRHZNNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-imine Chemical compound CN1N=CSC1=N XZMGUYZTRHZNNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZTWLWMQMCKPSHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-1,3-oxazol-2-imine;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.CN1C=COC1=N ZTWLWMQMCKPSHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGUHKHFHVUKJQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-imine Chemical compound CN1C=CSC1=N YGUHKHFHVUKJQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YMTRVMXXEIEMLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-1,3-thiazolidin-2-imine Chemical compound CN1CCSC1=N YMTRVMXXEIEMLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBQSXVIUCDNVNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-4,5-dihydro-1,3-thiazol-3-ium-2-amine;iodide Chemical compound I.CN1CCSC1=N YBQSXVIUCDNVNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBHYIGKZFWIBMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-4-phenyl-1,3-thiazol-3-ium-2-amine;iodide Chemical compound [I-].C[N+]1=C(N)SC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 SBHYIGKZFWIBMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFQMNAXCZUJLOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-5-methylsulfanyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-3-ium-2-amine;iodide Chemical compound I.CSC1=NN(C)C(=N)S1 UFQMNAXCZUJLOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REGFWZVTTFGQOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydro-1,3-thiazol-2-amine Chemical compound NC1=NCCS1 REGFWZVTTFGQOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RBSVPKWBWJHWNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydro-3h-1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound C1NCN=N1 RBSVPKWBWJHWNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXHQLGLGLZKHTC-CUNXSJBXSA-N 4-[(3s,3ar)-3-cyclopentyl-7-(4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carbonyl)-3,3a,4,5-tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-f]quinolin-2-yl]-2-chlorobenzonitrile Chemical compound C1CC(O)CCN1C(=O)C1=CC=C(C=2[C@@H]([C@H](C3CCCC3)N(N=2)C=2C=C(Cl)C(C#N)=CC=2)CC2)C2=N1 UXHQLGLGLZKHTC-CUNXSJBXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVBSAKJJOYLTQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 HVBSAKJJOYLTQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUBBRNOQWQTFEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminosalicylic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C(O)=C1 WUBBRNOQWQTFEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFGHRUCCKVYFKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethoxy-2-piperazin-1-yl-7-pyridin-4-yl-5h-pyrimido[5,4-b]indole Chemical compound C1=C2NC=3C(OCC)=NC(N4CCNCC4)=NC=3C2=CC=C1C1=CC=NC=C1 HFGHRUCCKVYFKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGQBGDBLZZPFCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylmorpholin-3-one Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1=O FGQBGDBLZZPFCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTBULQCHEUWJNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-phenylpiperidine Chemical compound C1CNCCC1C1=CC=CC=C1 UTBULQCHEUWJNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-aminoisoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound NC1=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1 PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZQDKTYHYOUKBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethyl-3-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-imine;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.CCC1=NN(C)C(=N)S1 RZQDKTYHYOUKBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IKYHRZIOORHRDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methoxy-3,6-dihydro-2h-1,4-thiazine Chemical compound COC1=NCCSC1 IKYHRZIOORHRDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMPUHXCGUHDVBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine Chemical compound CC1=NN=C(N)S1 HMPUHXCGUHDVBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONPGOSVDVDPBCY-CQSZACIVSA-N 6-amino-5-[(1r)-1-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-n-[4-(4-methylpiperazine-1-carbonyl)phenyl]pyridazine-3-carboxamide Chemical compound O([C@H](C)C=1C(=C(F)C=CC=1Cl)Cl)C(C(=NN=1)N)=CC=1C(=O)NC(C=C1)=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCN(C)CC1 ONPGOSVDVDPBCY-CQSZACIVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000171897 Acacia nilotica subsp nilotica Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005979 Citrus limon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000131522 Citrus pyriformis Species 0.000 description 1
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UDIPTWFVPPPURJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cyclamate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)NC1CCCCC1 UDIPTWFVPPPURJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPFTUNCRGUEPRZ-QLFBSQMISA-N Cyclohexane Natural products CC(=C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C)(C=C)[C@H](C(C)=C)C1 OPFTUNCRGUEPRZ-QLFBSQMISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010020660 Hyperlactacidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005018 Hyperlactatemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005909 Kieselgur Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Streptozotocin Natural products O=NN(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric Acid Chemical compound [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000009754 Vitis X bourquina Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012333 Vitis X labruscana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000006365 Vitis vinifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014787 Vitis vinifera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IRFQKISACZBIOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N [amino(methylsulfanyl)methylidene]-phenylazanium;iodide Chemical compound I.CSC(N)=NC1=CC=CC=C1 IRFQKISACZBIOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001785 acacia senegal l. willd gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XLUXHEZIGIDTCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetonitrile;ethyl acetate Chemical compound CC#N.CCOC(C)=O XLUXHEZIGIDTCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPEHQHXBPDGGDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetonitrile;propan-2-one Chemical compound CC#N.CC(C)=O GPEHQHXBPDGGDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000006136 alcoholysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005904 alkaline hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004703 alkoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005079 alkoxycarbonylmethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008051 alkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005530 alkylenedioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005336 allyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004909 aminosalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003957 anion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003178 anti-diabetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005605 benzo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229950005499 carbon tetrachloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002057 carboxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003841 chloride salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002026 chloroform extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- WORJEOGGNQDSOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroform;methanol Chemical compound OC.ClC(Cl)Cl WORJEOGGNQDSOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAIVIYSBZFEOIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroform;propan-2-one Chemical compound CC(C)=O.ClC(Cl)Cl OAIVIYSBZFEOIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000571 coke Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010779 crude oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanogen bromide Chemical compound BrC#N ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000625 cyclamic acid and its Na and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960001270 d- tartaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DENRZWYUOJLTMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl sulfate Chemical compound CCOS(=O)(=O)OCC DENRZWYUOJLTMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940008406 diethyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- XXBDWLFCJWSEKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylbenzylamine Chemical compound CN(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 XXBDWLFCJWSEKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- XTLNYNMNUCLWEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;propan-2-one Chemical compound CCO.CC(C)=O XTLNYNMNUCLWEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012259 ether extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- HHFAWKCIHAUFRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxide Chemical compound CC[O-] HHFAWKCIHAUFRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWVCSOZZZJTENQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-oxopiperazine-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)N1CCNC(=O)C1 CWVCSOZZZJTENQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC.CCOC(C)=O OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002222 fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UQSQSQZYBQSBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorosulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(F)(=O)=O UQSQSQZYBQSBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000003205 fragrance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VQYJLACQFYZHCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron;4-methoxyaniline;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].COC1=CC=C([NH3+])C=C1 VQYJLACQFYZHCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004491 isohexyl group Chemical group C(CCC(C)C)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropanol acetate Natural products CC(C)OC(C)=O JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005394 methallyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NIQQIJXGUZVEBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanol;propan-2-one Chemical compound OC.CC(C)=O NIQQIJXGUZVEBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- MBXNQZHITVCSLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl fluorosulfonate Chemical compound COS(F)(=O)=O MBXNQZHITVCSLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ADIKPWZTHAAWLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl n'-(4-methoxyphenyl)carbamimidothioate Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(N=C(N)SC)C=C1 ADIKPWZTHAAWLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005527 methyl sulfate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DILRJUIACXKSQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n',n'-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN DILRJUIACXKSQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMTZAZBYEDQTFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-phenylmorpholine-4-carboximidamide;hydroiodide Chemical compound I.C1COCCN1C(N)=NC1=CC=CC=C1 LMTZAZBYEDQTFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLHQCFDPXIGINB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-phenylpyrrolidine-1-carboximidamide Chemical compound C1CCCN1C(=N)NC1=CC=CC=C1 BLHQCFDPXIGINB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMPMXRCBCYIRPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2,5-dimethyl-1,2-oxazolidin-3-ylidene)-n'-phenylpiperidine-1-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1OC(C)CC1=NC(N1CCCCC1)=NC1=CC=CC=C1 SMPMXRCBCYIRPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIAAEWIDBQKLJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2,5-dimethyl-1,2-oxazolidin-3-ylidene)-n'-phenylpyrrolidine-1-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1OC(C)CC1=NC(N1CCCC1)=NC1=CC=CC=C1 XIAAEWIDBQKLJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBJURDHUEMVEGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2,5-dimethyl-1,2-oxazolidin-3-ylidene)-n'-phenylpyrrolidine-1-carboximidamide;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CN1OC(C)CC1=NC(N1CCCC1)=NC1=CC=CC=C1 HBJURDHUEMVEGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUOONOJYWQOJJP-DCMFLLSESA-N n-[(2s,3r)-3-hydroxy-1-phenyl-4-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methylamino]butan-2-yl]-3-[methyl(methylsulfonyl)amino]-5-[(2r)-2-(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]benzamide Chemical compound C1([C@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C=2C=C(C=C(C=2)N(C)S(C)(=O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)[C@H](O)CNCC=2C=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=CC=2)=NC(C)=CS1 GUOONOJYWQOJJP-DCMFLLSESA-N 0.000 description 1
- JEFKRTYKYQXSFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[3-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylidene]-n'-phenylmorpholine-4-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1N=C(C(F)(F)F)SC1=NC(N1CCOCC1)=NC1=CC=CC=C1 JEFKRTYKYQXSFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002004 n-butylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003935 n-pentoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- XQZMINYWPSMCGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-phenylpiperidine-1-carboximidoyl chloride Chemical compound C1CCCCN1C(Cl)=NC1=CC=CC=C1 XQZMINYWPSMCGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1 PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012454 non-polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XULSCZPZVQIMFM-IPZQJPLYSA-N odevixibat Chemical compound C12=CC(SC)=C(OCC(=O)N[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC)C(O)=O)C=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C=C2S(=O)(=O)NC(CCCC)(CCCC)CN1C1=CC=CC=C1 XULSCZPZVQIMFM-IPZQJPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003791 organic solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- WLJNZVDCPSBLRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pamoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(CC=3C4=CC=CC=C4C=C(C=3O)C(=O)O)=C(O)C(C(O)=O)=CC2=C1 WLJNZVDCPSBLRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CYQAYERJWZKYML-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentasulfide Chemical compound S1P(S2)(=S)SP3(=S)SP1(=S)SP2(=S)S3 CYQAYERJWZKYML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N picric acid Chemical class OC1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium thiocyanate Chemical compound [K+].[S-]C#N ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940116357 potassium thiocyanate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HHAVHBDPWSUKHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-ol;propan-2-one Chemical compound CC(C)O.CC(C)=O HHAVHBDPWSUKHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNXIASIHZYFFRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazoline Chemical compound C1CN=NC1 DNXIASIHZYFFRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000017550 sodium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001462 sodium cyclamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012265 solid product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003797 solvolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N streptozocin Chemical compound O=NN(C)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001052 streptozocin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSUJAUYJBJRLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetraethylazanium;fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC QSUJAUYJBJRLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002769 thiazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003571 thiolactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DWCSXQCXXITVKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyloxidanium Chemical compound CC[O+](CC)CC DWCSXQCXXITVKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910000406 trisodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019801 trisodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002966 varnish Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000052 vinegar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021419 vinegar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NLVXSWCKKBEXTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N vinylsulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C=C NLVXSWCKKBEXTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D241/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
- C07D241/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D241/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having one or two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with radicals containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with radicals containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms attached to ring carbon atoms with acylated ring nitrogen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D233/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/44—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D233/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/44—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
- C07D233/46—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical with only hydrogen atoms attached to said nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D233/66—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/88—Nitrogen atoms, e.g. allantoin
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D261/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
- C07D261/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D261/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
- C07D263/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D263/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D263/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D263/28—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
- C07D263/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D263/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D263/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D263/48—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D265/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D265/28—1,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines
- C07D265/30—1,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines not condensed with other rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D271/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D271/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D271/10—1,3,4-Oxadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-oxadiazoles
- C07D271/113—1,3,4-Oxadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-oxadiazoles with oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atoms, directly attached to ring carbon atoms, the nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
- C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D277/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D277/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D277/18—Nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
- C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D277/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D277/38—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D277/40—Unsubstituted amino or imino radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
- C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D277/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D277/38—Nitrogen atoms
- C07D277/44—Acylated amino or imino radicals
- C07D277/48—Acylated amino or imino radicals by radicals derived from carbonic acid, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof, e.g. carbonylguanidines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D285/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
- C07D285/01—Five-membered rings
- C07D285/02—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles
- C07D285/04—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles not condensed with other rings
- C07D285/12—1,3,4-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-thiadiazoles
- C07D285/125—1,3,4-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-thiadiazoles with oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atoms, directly attached to ring carbon atoms, the nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
- C07D285/135—Nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carbonic acid, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
- C07D295/215—Radicals derived from nitrogen analogues of carbonic acid
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
Description
Oppfinnelsen vedrører nye guanidinderivater, videre fremgangsmåte for deres fremstilling samt farmasøytiske preparater som inneholder disse nye forbindelser, samt også deres anvendelse. The invention relates to new guanidine derivatives, further methods for their production as well as pharmaceutical preparations containing these new compounds, as well as their use.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører nye guanidinderivater, spesielt heterocykliske, substituerte guanidiner med formel The invention relates to new guanidine derivatives, especially heterocyclic, substituted guanidines of formula
hvori R1betyr en eventuelt substituert alifatisk eller cykloalifatisk hydrokarbonrest, R- betyr hydrogen, en eventuelt substituert,alifatisk eller cykloalifatisk hydrokarbonrest,eller og R2betyr til sammen en eventuelt substituert, bivalent hydrokarbonrest av alifatisk karakter, i hvilken karbonatomene til kjeden kan være avbrutt av et heteroatom, R^betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, R^betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, laverealkoksy, laverealkyltio, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, halogen, trifluormetyl eller eventuelt substituert fenyl, eller et på begge sider enkelt bundet karbonatom, også okso, R,- betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, Het betyr en heteroalkylrest med 3 kjedeledd som utfyller gruppe C-N til en eventuelt umettet, hetéro-cyklisk femring med 2 til 3 heteroatomer fra gruppen oksygen, svovel eller nitrogen i ringen, henhv. Het betyr en heteroalkylenrest med 4-6 kjedeledd som utfyller gruppe C-N til en heterocyklisk seks- til åttering som foruten nitrogenatomet inneholder ytterligere et heteroatom av gruppen oksygen, svovel, eller nitrogen i ringen, og Ph betyr en eventuelt substituert fenylrest, deres tautomere forbindelser og salter. in which R1 means an optionally substituted aliphatic or cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon residue, R- means hydrogen, an optionally substituted, aliphatic or cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon residue, or and R2 together means an optionally substituted, bivalent hydrocarbon residue of aliphatic character, in which the carbon atoms of the chain may be interrupted by a heteroatom . , Het means a heteroalkyl residue with 3 chain links which completes the group C-N to an optionally unsaturated, heterocyclic five-ring with 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the group oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen in the ring, respectively. Het means a heteroalkylene radical with 4-6 chain links which completes the group C-N to a heterocyclic six-to-eight ring which, in addition to the nitrogen atom, contains a further heteroatom of the group oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen in the ring, and Ph means an optionally substituted phenyl radical, their tautomeric compounds and salts.
I sammenheng med foreliggende beskrivelse inneholder de med "lavere" betegnede rester og forbindelser fortrinns- In the context of the present description, the residues and compounds designated as "lower" preferably contain
vis inntil 7, i første rekke inntil 4 karbonatomer.show up to 7, primarily up to 4 carbon atoms.
En alifatisk hydrokarbonrest R^ eller R^som eventuelt kan være substituert, er i første rekke en alkyl- samt, en alkenyl- eller alkinylrest, spesielt en laverealkyl- samt laverealkeny1- eller laverealkinylrest. Substituenter av alifatiske hydrokarbonrester er f.eks. frie, forestrede eller foretrede hydroksygrupper, som laverealkanoyloksy-, laverealkoksy- eller laverealkenyl-oksygrupper eller halogenatomer, samt eventuelt forestrede karboksygrupper som laverealkoksykarbonyl. An aliphatic hydrocarbon residue R^ or R^, which may optionally be substituted, is primarily an alkyl and an alkenyl or alkynyl residue, especially a lower alkyl and lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl residue. Substituents of aliphatic hydrocarbon residues are e.g. free, esterified or etherified hydroxy groups, such as lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkoxy or lower alkenyloxy groups or halogen atoms, as well as optionally esterified carboxy groups such as lower alkoxycarbonyl.
Ovenfor som nedenfor kan de generelle benevnelser ha følgende betydning: Laverealkylgrupper er f.eks. metyl- samt etyl-, n-propyl-, isopropyl-, n-butyl-, isobutyl-, sek.-butyl-, tert.-butyl-, n-pentyl-, isopentyl-, neopentyl-, n-heksyl-, isoheksyl- eller n-heptylgrupper; laverealkenylgrupper er f.eks. allyl- eller 2-metylallylgruppene, og laverealkinyl-, grupper er fortrinnsvis propargylgrupper. Substituerte laverealkylgrupper er eksempelvis trifluormetylgruppen eller en eventuelt forestret karboksymetylgruppe som f.eks. en laverealkoksykarbonylmetyl-, f.eks. metoksykarbonylmetyl-gruppe. Above as below, the general designations can have the following meaning: Lower alkyl groups are e.g. methyl and ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl or n-heptyl groups ; lower alkenyl groups are e.g. the allyl or 2-methylallyl groups and lower alkynyl groups are preferably propargyl groups. Substituted lower alkyl groups are, for example, the trifluoromethyl group or an optionally esterified carboxymethyl group such as e.g. a lower alkoxycarbonylmethyl-, e.g. methoxycarbonylmethyl group.
Laverealkoksy er f.eks. metoksy, etoksy, n-propoksy, isopropoksy, n-butoksy eller n-pentyloksy, og laverealkenyloksy er f.eks. vinyloksy eller allyloksy. Laverealkanoyloksy er f.eks. acetoksy eller propionyloksy. Low-area coke is e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy or n-pentyloxy, and lower alkenyloxy are e.g. vinyloxy or allyloxy. Lower alkanoyloxy is e.g. acetoxy or propionyloxy.
Halogenatomer er i første rekke fluor-, klor- ellér bromatomer, men kan også være jodåtomer. Halogen atoms are primarily fluorine, chlorine or bromine atoms, but can also be iodine atoms.
En cykloalifatisk hydrokarbonrest er i første rekke en mono-, samt polycyklisk cykloalkylrest med f.eks. inntil 12 inkl., fortrinnsvis 3 til 10 ringkairbonatomer. A cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon residue is primarily a mono- and polycyclic cycloalkyl residue with e.g. up to 12 incl., preferably 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms.
En cykloalkylgruppe er f.eks. en cyklopropyl-, cyklobutyl-, cyklopentyl-, cykloheksyl-, cykloheptyl- eller adåmantylgruppe. A cycloalkyl group is e.g. a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or adamantyl group.
En eventuelt substituert fenylrest kan være substituert med en, to eller tre like eller forskjellige substituenter. Slike substituenter er f.eks. hydrokarbon rester som laverealifatiske hydrokarbonrester, f.eks. laverealkyl, substituert laverealkyl som f.eks. trifluormetyl, eventuelt funksjonelt omdannet hydroksy eller merkapto som foretret hydroksy, f.eks. laverealkoksy, laverealkenyloksy eller laverealkylendioksy, videre laverealkyltio eller halogen, nitro, amino innbefattet substituert amino, f.eks. laverealkylamino eller di-laverealkylamino, eventuelt funksjonelt omdannet karboksy som forestret karboksy, f.eks. laverealkoksykarbonyl. An optionally substituted phenyl residue can be substituted with one, two or three identical or different substituents. Such substituents are e.g. hydrocarbon residues such as lower aliphatic hydrocarbon residues, e.g. lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl such as e.g. trifluoromethyl, optionally functionally converted hydroxy or mercapto as etherified hydroxy, e.g. lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy or lower alkylenedioxy, further lower alkylthio or halogen, nitro, amino including substituted amino, e.g. lower alkylamino or di-lower alkylamino, optionally functionally converted carboxy such as esterified carboxy, e.g. lower alkoxycarbonyl.
Laverealkyltio er spesielt metyltio, videre også etyltio, isopropyltio, n-propyltio eller også rettlinjet eller forgrenet butyltio, laverealkylamino eller dilaverealkylamino er f.eks. metylamino, dimetylamino, etylamino, dietylamino, n-propylamino, di-n-propylamino, isopropylamino, di-isopropylamino eller n-butylamino eller di-n-butylamino. Lower alkylthio is especially methylthio, further also ethylthio, isopropylthio, n-propylthio or also straight or branched butylthio, loweralkylamino or diloweralkylamino are e.g. methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, n-propylamino, di-n-propylamino, isopropylamino, di-isopropylamino or n-butylamino or di-n-butylamino.
Begge substituentene R 1 og kan til sammen bety en eventuelt substituert bivalent, alifatisk hydrokarbonrest med 4-7 karbonatomer i kjeden. Gruppen -NR^R2er eksempelvis en rettlinjet, forgrenet eller med fenyl substituert lavereålkylenamino, i hvilken laverealkylen-kjeden eksempelvis kan være avbrutt av et heteroatom, som f.eks. oksygen, svovel eller eventuelt med laverealkyl, fenyl eller laverealkoksykarbonyl substituert nitrogen, Both substituents R 1 and can together mean an optionally substituted bivalent, aliphatic hydrocarbon residue with 4-7 carbon atoms in the chain. The group -NR^R2 is, for example, a straight, branched or phenyl-substituted lower alkyleneamino, in which the lower alkylene chain can, for example, be interrupted by a heteroatom, which e.g. oxygen, sulfur or optionally with lower alkyl, phenyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl substituted nitrogen,
og angir eksempelvis som laverealkylenamino pyrrolidino, 2,5-dimetylpyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-metylpiperidino, 4-fenylpiperidino, heksahydroazepino eller oktahydroazocino, som oksa-laverealkylenamino, eksempelvis morfolino, 2,6-dimetylmorfolino som tialaverealkylenamino, eksempelvis tiomorfolino eller som azalaverealkylenamino f.eks. piperazino, N-metyl-, N-fenyl- eller N-laverealkoksy-karbonylpiperazino. and indicates, for example, as lower alkyleneamino pyrrolidino, 2,5-dimethylpyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-methylpiperidino, 4-phenylpiperidino, hexahydroazepino or octahydroazocino, as oxa-lower alkyleneamino, for example morpholino, 2,6-dimethylmorpholino as thialaverealkylenamino, for example thiomorpholino or as azalaverealkylenamino f. e.g. piperazino, N-methyl-, N-phenyl or N-lower oxycarbonylpiperazino.
Heteroalkylenresten Het med 3 kjedeledd som utfyller gruppe C-N til sammen til en eventuelt umettet, heterocyklisk femring med 2-3 heteroatomer av gruppen oksygen, svovel eller nitrogen i ringen, danner med C-N The heteroalkylene residue Het with 3 chain links that complete the group C-N together to form an optionally unsaturated, heterocyclic five-ring with 2-3 heteroatoms of the group oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen in the ring, forms with C-N
til sammen eksempelvis en imidazolin-, imidazolidin-, oksa- together, for example, an imidazoline, imidazolidine, oxa-
zolin-, oksazolidin-, tiazolin-, tiazolidin-, isoksazolin-, isoksazolidin-, isotiazolin-, isotiazolidin-, 1,2,4-oksadiazolin-, 1,2,4-oksadiazolidin-, 1,3,4-oksadiazolin, 1,3,4-oksadiazblidin, 1,2,4-tiazolin-, 1,2,4-tiazolidin-, 1,3,4-tiazolin-, 1,3,4-tiazolidin-, pyrazolin-, pyrazolidin-, 1,2,3-triazolin-, 1,2,3-triazolidin-, 1,2,4-triazolin-, eller også 1,2,4-triazolidinring. zolin-, oxazolidine-, thiazoline-, thiazolidine-, isoxazoline-, isoxazolidine-, isothiazoline-, isothiazolidine-, 1,2,4-oxadiazoline-, 1,2,4-oxadiazolidine-, 1,3,4-oxadiazoline, 1,3,4-oxadiazblidine, 1,2,4-thiazoline-, 1,2,4-thiazolidine-, 1,3,4-thiazoline-, 1,3,4-thiazolidine-, pyrazoline-, pyrazolidine-, 1,2,3-triazoline-, 1,2,3-triazolidine-, 1,2,4-triazoline-, or also 1,2,4-triazolidine ring.
Spesielt skal nevnes 4-imidazolin-, imidazolidin-, 4-oksazolin-, oksazolidin-, 4-tiazolin-, tiazolidin-, 4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-, 4-(1,3,4)-oksadiazolin-, isoksazolin-eller også isoksazolidinringen. Particular mention should be made of 4-imidazoline-, imidazolidine-, 4-oxazoline-, oxazolidine-, 4-thiazoline-, thiazolidine-, 4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazoline-, 4-(1,3,4)- the oxadiazoline, isoxazoline or also the isoxazolidine ring.
Heteroalkylenresten Het med 4-6 kjedeledd som utfyller gruppen C-N til en heterocyklisk seks- til åttering, som foruten nitrogenatomet også inneholder et heteroatom av gruppen oksygen, svovel eller nitrogen i ringen, danner eksempelvis en morfolin-, tiomorfolin-, 2H-3,4,5,6-tetra-hydro-1,3-tiazin-, 2H-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-, piperazin-, heksahydro-1,3-tiazepin-, heksahydro-1,4-tiaze-pin-, heksahydro^l,3-tiazocin- eller også heksahydro-1,4-tiazocinringen. Begge av sistnevnte ringsystemer kan være bundet i 2- eller 4- henhv. 3- eller 5-stilling. The heteroalkylene residue Het with 4-6 chain links that completes the group C-N to a heterocyclic six- to eight-membered ring, which in addition to the nitrogen atom also contains a heteroatom of the group oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen in the ring, forms for example a morpholine, thiomorpholine, 2H-3,4 ,5,6-tetrahydro-1,3-thiazine-, 2H-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine-, piperazine-, hexahydro-1,3-thiazepine-, hexahydro-1,4-thiazepine -, the hexahydro-1,3-thiazocine or also the hexahydro-1,4-thiazocine ring. Both of the latter ring systems can be bound in 2- or 4- respectively. 3- or 5-position.
Spesielt skal nevnes morfolin-, tiomorfolin-, piperazin-, 2H-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-1,3-tiazin- eller også heksahydro-1,4-tiazepinringen. In particular, the morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperazine, 2H-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-1,3-thiazine or also hexahydro-1,4-thiazepine ring should be mentioned.
De nye forbindelser med den generelle formel I og deres addisjonssalter med uorganiske eller organiske syrer har verdifulle farmakologiske egenskaper, spesielt hypoglykemisk virksomhet som lar seg påvise på stoffskifte-normal rotter etter oral administrering av doser fra 3 mg/kg samt også på rotter som ved injeksjon av strepto-zotocin ble satt i en diabetes-lignende stoffskifte-til-stand (jfr. A. Junod et al., Proe. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 126, 201-205 (1967)). Senkingen av blodsukkerspeilet er ikke ledsaget av en hyperlaktatemi. De farmakologiske funn karakteriserer de nye forbindelser med den generelle formel I og deres farmasøytisk tålbare syreaddisjonssalter som antidiabetika, som kan anvendes for oral behandling av hyperglykemi hos pattedyr, spesielt av diabetes mellitus. The new compounds of the general formula I and their addition salts with inorganic or organic acids have valuable pharmacological properties, in particular hypoglycemic activity which can be demonstrated in metabolically normal rats after oral administration of doses from 3 mg/kg and also in rats as by injection of strepto-zotocin was put into a diabetes-like metabolic state (cf. A. Junod et al., Proe. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 126, 201-205 (1967)). The lowering of the blood sugar level is not accompanied by hyperlactatemia. The pharmacological findings characterize the new compounds of the general formula I and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts as antidiabetics, which can be used for the oral treatment of hyperglycemia in mammals, especially of diabetes mellitus.
Særskilthevnes skal forbindelser med formel I Special mention must be made of compounds of formula I
hvori R. betyr en eventuelt substituert alifatisk eller cykloalifatisk hydrokarbonrest, R2 er hydrogen eller en eventuelt substituert alifatisk hydrokarbonrest, eller R^ in which R. means an optionally substituted aliphatic or cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon residue, R2 is hydrogen or an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon residue, or R^
og R2betyr til sammen en eventuelt substituert,bivalent hydrokarbonrest av alifatisk karakter, i hvilken karbonatomene til kjeden kan være avbrutt av et heteroatom, R^betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, R^betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, laverealkoksy, laverealkyltio, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, halogen, trifluormetyl eller eventuelt substituert fenyl eller et på begge sider enkelt bundet karbonatom,også okso, R,- betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, Het betyr en heteroalkylenrest med 3 kjedeledd som utfyller gruppen C-N til en eventuelt umettet, heterocyklisk femring med 2 til 3 heteroatomer av gruppen oksygen, svovel eller nitrogen i ringen, Ph betyr en eventuelt substituert fenylrest, deres tautomere forbindelser og salter. and R2 together mean an optionally substituted, bivalent hydrocarbon residue of an aliphatic character, in which the carbon atoms of the chain may be interrupted by a heteroatom, R^ means hydrogen, lower alkyl, R^ means hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, halogen, trifluoromethyl or optionally substituted phenyl or a single-bonded carbon atom on both sides, also oxo, R,- means hydrogen or lower alkyl, Het means a heteroalkylene residue with 3 chain members which completes the group C-N to an optionally unsaturated, heterocyclic pentaring with 2 to 3 heteroatoms of the group oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen in the ring, Ph means an optionally substituted phenyl residue, their tautomeric compounds and salts.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører i første rekke forbindelser med formel I, i hvilken R^ betyr laverealkyl eller cyklo- • alkyl, R2 betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl eller begge til sammen en laverealkylenkjede, som eventuelt kan være avbrutt av en oksygen-, svovel- eller eventuelt ved f.eks. laverealkyl eller fenyl substituert nitrogenatom, R^ betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, R^betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, laverealkoksy, laverealkyltio, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, halogen, trifluormetyl eller en på begge sider enkelt bundet karbonatom, også okso, eller eventuelt med laverealkyl, laverealkoksy eller halogen substituert fenyl, Ri- betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl og Het betyr en hetero alkylenrest med 3 kjedeledd som utfyller gruppe C-N til en eventuelt umettet,heterocyklisk femring med 2 til 3 heteroatomer fra gruppen oksygen, svovel eller nitrogen i ringen, og Ph betyr en eventuelt substituert fenylrest, som også deres tautomere forbindelser og salter. The invention primarily relates to compounds of formula I, in which R^ means lower alkyl or cycloalkyl, R 2 means hydrogen or lower alkyl or both together a lower alkylene chain, which may optionally be interrupted by an oxygen, sulfur or optionally by f .ex. lower alkyl or phenyl substituted nitrogen atom, R^ means hydrogen or lower alkyl, R^ means hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, halogen, trifluoromethyl or a carbon atom singly bonded on both sides, also oxo, or optionally with lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or halogen substituted phenyl, Ri- means hydrogen or lower alkyl and Het means a hetero alkylene residue with 3 chain links which complements the group C-N to an optionally unsaturated, heterocyclic five-ring with 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the group oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen in the ring, and Ph means an optionally substituted phenyl radical, as well as their tautomeric compounds and salts.
Spesielt vedrører oppfinnelsen slike forbindelser med formel I, i hvilken R^ betyr laverealkyl eller cykloalkyl, R2 betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl eller begge til sammen en laverealkylenkjede som eventuelt kan være avbrutt av et oksygen- eller svovelatom eller eventuelt av f.eks. laveralkyl eller fenyl substituert nitrogehatom, f.eks. laverealkylenamino, f.eks. pyrrolidino, 2,5-dimetylpyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-metylpiperidino, heksahydroazepino eller oktahydroazocino, oksalaverealkylenamino, f.eks. morfolino, tialaverealkylenamino, f.eks. tiomorfolino eller azalaverealkylenamino, f.eks. piperazino, N-metyl-eller N-fenylpiperazino, R^ betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, R^betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, laverealkoksy, laverealkyltio, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, halogen, trifluormetyl, eller et på begge sider enkelt bundet karbonatom,også okso, eller eventuelt med laverealkyl, laverealkoksy eller halogen substituert fenyl, R^ betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl og Het betyr en toverdig heteroalkylenrest med 3-kjedeledd som gjør gruppen C-N til en mettet eller enkel umettet og kan være eksempelvis en imidazolin-, imidazolidin-, oksazolin-, oksazolidin-, tiazolin-, tiazolidin-, isoksazolin-, isoksazolidin-, isotiazolin-, isotiazolidin-, oksadiazolin-, oksadiazolidin-, tiadiazolin-, tiadiazolidin-, pyrazolin-, pyrazolidin- eller også tri-azolinringen og Ph betyr en eventuelt med laverealkyl, laverealkoksy eller halogen substituert fenylrest, som også deres tautomere forbindelser og salter. In particular, the invention relates to such compounds of formula I, in which R 2 means lower alkyl or cycloalkyl, R 2 means hydrogen or lower alkyl or both together a lower alkylene chain which can optionally be interrupted by an oxygen or sulfur atom or optionally by e.g. lower alkyl or phenyl substituted nitrogen atom, e.g. lower alkyleneamino, e.g. pyrrolidino, 2,5-dimethylpyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-methylpiperidino, hexahydroazepino or octahydroazocino, oxalaverealkyleneamino, e.g. morpholino, thialaverealkyleneamino, e.g. thiomorpholino or azalaverealkyleneamino, e.g. piperazino, N-methyl or N-phenylpiperazino, R^ means hydrogen or lower alkyl, R^ means hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, halogen, trifluoromethyl, or a carbon atom singly bonded on both sides, also oxo, or optionally with lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or halogen-substituted phenyl, R^ means hydrogen or lower alkyl and Het means a divalent heteroalkylene residue with 3 chain links which makes the group C-N a saturated or simple unsaturated and can be, for example, an imidazoline, imidazolidine, oxazoline, The oxazolidine, thiazoline, thiazolidine, isoxazoline, isoxazolidine, isothiazoline, isothiazolidine, oxadiazoline, oxadiazolidine, thiadiazoline, thiadiazolidine, pyrazoline, pyrazolidine or also triazoline ring and Ph means an optionally lower alkyl , lower alkoxy or halogen substituted phenyl radical, as well as their tautomeric compounds and salts.
Av særskilt interesse er forbindelser med formel I,Of particular interest are compounds of formula I,
i hvilken R1betyr laverealkyl eller cykloalkyl, R2 betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl eller gruppen -NR^R2 betyr eksempelvis laverealkylenamino, i hvilken laverealkylen-kjeden kan være avbrutt av et oksygen eller svovelatom, og in which R1 means lower alkyl or cycloalkyl, R2 means hydrogen or lower alkyl or the group -NR^R2 means, for example, lower alkyleneamino, in which the lower alkylene chain may be interrupted by an oxygen or sulfur atom, and
kan være eksempelvis pyrrolidino, 2,5-dimetylpyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-metylpiperidino eller også morfolino eller tiomorfolino, R^betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, R^can be, for example, pyrrolidino, 2,5-dimethylpyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-methylpiperidino or also morpholino or thiomorpholino, R^ means hydrogen or lower alkyl, R^
betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, laverealkoksy, laverealkyltio, halogen, trifluormetyl eller et på begge sider enkelt bundet karbonatom, også okso, eller eventuelt med laverealkyl, laverealkoksy eller halogen substituert fenyl, R^ betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl og Het betyr som toverdig rest sammen med gruppen C-N en eventuelt enkelt umettet, heterocyklisk femring, som f.eks. imidazolin-, imidazolidin-, oksazolin-, oksazolidin-, tiazolin-, tiazolidin-, oksadiazolin-, oksadiazolidin-, triazolin-, tiadiazolin- eller tiadiazolidinring og Ph betyr en eventuelt med laverealkyl, laverealkoksy eller halogen substituert fenylrest, som også deres tautomere forbindelser og salter. means hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, halogen, trifluoromethyl or a single-bonded carbon atom on both sides, also oxo, or optionally with lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or halogen substituted phenyl, R^ means hydrogen or lower alkyl and Het means as divalent residue together with the group C-N an optionally single unsaturated, heterocyclic five-ring, such as e.g. imidazoline, imidazolidine, oxazoline, oxazolidine, thiazoline, thiazolidine, oxadiazoline, oxadiazolidine, triazoline, thiadiazoline or thiadiazolidine ring and Ph means a phenyl radical optionally substituted with lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or halogen, as also their tautomeric compounds and salts.
Av helt spesiell interesse er forbindelser med formel I, i hvilken R^betyr laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl eller etyl, R2betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl eller etyl eller gruppen -NR^R2 foreligger som eventuelt av et oksygen- eller svovelatom avbrutt laverealkylenimino, eksempelvis som pyrrolidino, piperidino, morfolino eller tiomorfolino, R^ betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl eller etyl, R^ betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl eller etyl, laverealkoksy, f.eks. metoksy eller etoksy, laverealkyltio, f.eks. metyltio eller etyltio, halogen, f.eks. klor eller brom, trifluormetyl eller eventuelt med laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl eller etyl, halogen, f.eks. klor eller brom substituert fenyl, R,- betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl eller etyl og Het betyr som toverdig heteroalkylenrest med gruppen C-N en eventuelt enkelt umettet, heterocyklisk femring, som f.eks. 4-imidazolin-, 4-oksazolin-, 4-tiazolin-, 4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-, 4-(1,3,4)-oksadiazolin- eller også isooksazolidinring, og Ph betyr en eventuelt med laverealkyl, som f.eks. metyl eller etyl, halogen, som f.eks. klor eller brom eller laverealkoksy, som f.eks.metoksy eller etoksy, substituert fenylrest, som også deres tautomere forbindelser og salter. Of particular interest are compounds of formula I, in which R₂ means lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, R2 means hydrogen or lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl or the group -NR^R2 is present as lower alkyleneimino interrupted optionally by an oxygen or sulfur atom, for example as pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino or thiomorpholino, R^ means hydrogen or lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, R 1 means hydrogen, lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy or ethoxy, lower alkylthio, e.g. methylthio or ethylthio, halogen, e.g. chlorine or bromine, trifluoromethyl or optionally with lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, halogen, e.g. chlorine or bromine substituted phenyl, R,- means hydrogen or lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl and Het means, as a divalent heteroalkylene residue with the group C-N, an optionally single unsaturated, heterocyclic five-ring, such as e.g. 4-imidazoline-, 4-oxazoline-, 4-thiazoline-, 4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazoline-, 4-(1,3,4)-oxadiazoline- or also isoxazolidine ring, and Ph means an optionally with lower alkyl, such as methyl or ethyl, halogen, such as chlorine or bromine or lower alkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy, substituted phenyl radical, as well as their tautomeric compounds and salts.
Fremheves skal også forbindelser med formel Ib Emphasis should also be placed on compounds of formula Ib
hvori R^ og R2betyr en eventuelt substituert alifatisk eller cykloalifatisk hydrokarbonrest eller R^ og R2betyr til sammen en eventuelt substituert,bivalent hydrokarbonrest av alifatisk karakter, i hvilken karbonatomene i kjeden kan være avbrutt av et heteroatom, R^ betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, R^betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, laverealkoksy, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, halogen, laverealkoksykarbonyl eller eventuelt substituert fenyl, eller et på begge sider enkelt bundet karbonatom, også okso, Het betyr en heteroalkylenrest med 4-6 kjedeledd, som utfyller gruppen C-N til en heterocyklisk seks- til åttering, som foruten nitrogenatomet inneholder ytterligere et heteroatom av gruppen oksygen, svovel eller nitrogen i ringen, og Ph betyr en eventuelt substituert fenylrest, deres tautomere forbindelser og salter. in which R^ and R2 mean an optionally substituted aliphatic or cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon residue or R^ and R2 together mean an optionally substituted, bivalent hydrocarbon residue of an aliphatic character, in which the carbon atoms in the chain may be interrupted by a heteroatom, R^ means hydrogen, lower alkyl, R^ means hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, halogen, lower alkoxycarbonyl or optionally substituted phenyl, or a single-bonded carbon atom on both sides, also oxo, Het means a heteroalkylene residue with 4-6 chain links, which complements the group C-N to a heterocyclic six- to eight, which, in addition to the nitrogen atom, further contains a heteroatom of the group oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen in the ring, and Ph means an optionally substituted phenyl residue, their tautomeric compounds and salts.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører i første rekke forbindelser med formel Ib, i hvilken R., og R2betyr laverealkyl eller cykloalkyl eller begge til sammen betyr en rettlinjet, forgrenet eller substituert laverealkylenkjede, som eventuelt kan være avbrutt av et oksygen-, svovel- eller eventuelt av f.eks. laverealkyl, fenyl eller laverealkoksykarbonyl substituert nitrogenatom, R^ betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, R^ betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, laverealkoksy, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, halogen, laverealkoksykarbonyl eller et på begge sider enkelt bundet karbonatom, også okso, eller eventuelt med laverealkyl, laverealkoksy eller halogen.substituert fenyl og Het betyr en heteroalkylenrest med 4-6 kjedeledd som utfyller gruppen C-N til en heterocyklisk seks- til åttering som foruten nitrogenatomet inneholder ytterligere et heteroatom av gruppen oksygen, svovel eller nitrogen i ringen og Ph betyr en eventuelt substituert fenylrest, som også deres tautomere forbindelser og salter. The invention primarily relates to compounds of formula Ib, in which R., and R.sup.2 means lower alkyl or cycloalkyl or both together mean a straight, branched or substituted lower alkylene chain, which may optionally be interrupted by an oxygen, sulfur or optionally by e.g. e.g. lower alkyl, phenyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl substituted nitrogen atom, R^ means hydrogen or lower alkyl, R^ means hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, halogen, lower alkoxycarbonyl or a single-bonded carbon atom on both sides, also oxo, or optionally with lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or halogen-substituted phenyl and Het means a heteroalkylene residue with 4-6 chain links which completes the group C-N to a heterocyclic six-membered ring which, in addition to the nitrogen atom, contains a further heteroatom of the group oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen in the ring and Ph means an optionally substituted phenyl residue, which also their tautomeric compounds and salts.
Spesielt vedrører oppfinnelsen slike forbindelser med formel Ib, i hvilken R^og R2betyr laverealkyl eller cykloalkyl, eller begge til sammen en rettlinjet, forgrenet eller substituert laverealkylenkjede, som eventuelt kan være avbrutt av et oksygen- eller svovelatom eller eventuelt med f.eks. laverealkyl, fenyl eller laverealkoksykarbonyl substituert nitrogentom, som laverealkylenamino eksempelvis pyrrolidino, 2,5-dimetylpyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-metyl-piperidiho, 4-fenylpiperidino, heksahydroazepino eller oktahydroazocino, som oksalaverealkylenamino eksempelvis morfolino, 2,6-dimetylmorfolino, som tialaverealkylenamino eksempelvis tiomorfolino eller som azalaverealkylenamino eksempelvis piperazino, N-laverealkoksykarbbnyl, N-metyl-eller N-fenylpiperazino, R^ betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, R4betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, laverealkoksy, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, halogen, laverealkoksykarbonyl eller eventuelt med laverealkyl, laverealkoksy eller halogen substituert fenyl og Het betyr en toverdig heteroalkylenrest med 4-5 kjedeledd som utfyller gruppen C-N til en heterocyklisk seks- til syvring som foruten nitrogenatomet inneholder ytterligere et heteroatom av gruppen oksygen, svovel eller nitrogen i ringen, og Ph . betyr en eventuelt med laverealkyl, laverealkoksy eller halogen substituert fenylrest, som også deres tautomere forbindelser og salter. In particular, the invention relates to such compounds of formula Ib, in which R 1 and R 2 mean lower alkyl or cycloalkyl, or both together a straight, branched or substituted lower alkylene chain, which may optionally be interrupted by an oxygen or sulfur atom or optionally with e.g. lower alkyl, phenyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl substituted without nitrogen, such as lower alkyleneamino, for example pyrrolidino, 2,5-dimethylpyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-methyl-piperidiho, 4-phenylpiperidino, hexahydroazepino or octahydroazocino, such as oxalaverealkylenamino, for example morpholino, 2,6-dimethylmorpholino, such as thialaverealkylenamino, for example thiomorpholino or as aza-lower alkyleneamino, for example piperazino, N-lower alkoxycarbonyl, N-methyl or N-phenylpiperazino, R^ means hydrogen or lower alkyl, R4 means hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylamino, di lower alkylamino, halogen, lower alkoxycarbonyl or optionally with lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or halogen substituted phenyl and Het means a divalent heteroalkylene residue with 4-5 chain links which completes the group C-N to a heterocyclic six- to seven-ring which, in addition to the nitrogen atom, contains a further heteroatom of the group oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen in the ring, and Ph . means a phenyl radical optionally substituted with lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or halogen, as well as their tautomeric compounds and salts.
Av særskilt interesse er forbindelser med formel Ib, i hvilken R^og R2betyr laverealkyl eller gruppen Of particular interest are compounds of formula Ib, in which R 1 and R 2 are lower alkyl or the group
-NR1R2 til sammen betyr en laverealkylenamino, i hvilken den rettlinjede, forgrenede eller med fenyl substituerte laverealkylenkjede eventuelt kan være avbrutt av et surstoff-, svovel- eller eventuelt med f.eks. laverealkyl, fenyl eller laverealkoksykarbonyl substituert nitrogenatom, og kan være -NR1R2 together means a lower alkyleneamino, in which the straight, branched or phenyl-substituted lower alkylene chain may optionally be interrupted by an oxygen, sulfur or optionally with e.g. lower alkyl, phenyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl substituted nitrogen atom, and may be
eksempelvis som laverealkylenamino pyrrolidino, 2,5-dimetylpyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-metylpiperidino, 4-fenylpiperidino, heksahydroazopino eller oktahydroazocino, som oksa-laverealkylenamino eksempelvis morfolino, 2,6-dimetylmorfolino, som tialaverealkylenamino eksempelvis tiomorfolino eller som azalaverealkylenamino eksempelvis piperazino, N-etoksykarbonyl-, N-metyl-, N-fenylpiperazino, R^ betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, R^betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, laverealkoksy, laverealkylamino, halogen, laverealkoksykarbonyl eller eventuelt med laverealkyl, laverealkoksy eller halogen substituert fenyl og Het betyr en toverdig heteroalkylenrest med 4-5 kjedeledd, som utfyller gruppen C-N til en heterocyklisk seks- til syvring, som foruten nitrogenatomet inneholder ytterligere et heteroatom av gruppen oksygen, svovel eller nitrogen i ringen, og kan eksempelvis være en morfolin^, tiomorfolin-, 2H-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-1,3-tiazin-, 2H-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-, piperazin- eller også en heksahydro-1,4-tiazepinring, og Ph betyr en eventuelt med laverealkyl, laverealkoksy eller halogen substituert fenylrest, som også deres tautomere forbindelser og salter. for example as lower alkyleneamino pyrrolidino, 2,5-dimethylpyrrolidino, piperidino, 2-methylpiperidino, 4-phenylpiperidino, hexahydroazopino or octahydroazocino, as oxa-lower alkyleneamino e.g. morpholino, 2,6-dimethylmorpholino, as thialaverealkylenamino e.g. thiomorpholino or as aza-loweralkylenamino e.g. piperazino, N- ethoxycarbonyl-, N-methyl-, N-phenylpiperazino, R^ means hydrogen or lower alkyl, R^ means hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylamino, halogen, lower alkoxycarbonyl or optionally with lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or halogen substituted phenyl and Het means a divalent heteroalkylene radical with 4-5 chain links, which complement the group C-N to a heterocyclic six- to seven-ring, which, in addition to the nitrogen atom, contains a further heteroatom of the group oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen in the ring, and can for example be a morpholine^, thiomorpholine-, 2H-3,4 ,5,6-tetrahydro-1,3-thiazine-, 2H-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine-, piperazine- or also a hexahydr o-1,4-thiazepine ring, and Ph means a phenyl radical optionally substituted with lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or halogen, as well as their tautomeric compounds and salts.
Av helt spesiell interesse er forbindelser med formel Ib, i hvilke R^ og R2betyr laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl eller etyl, eller gruppen -NR^R2betyr til sammen et laverealkylenamino, i hvilken den rettlinjede, forgrenede eller med fenyl substituerte laverealkylenkjede kan være avbrutt av et oksygen-, svovel- eller eventuelt med laverealkyl, som f.eks. metyl eller etyl eller laverealkoksykarbonyl, som f.eks. metoksy- eller etoksykarbonyl substituert nitrogenatom, og kan eksempelvis være pyrrolidino, piperidino, 4-fenylpiperidino, morfolino, 2,6-di-metylmorf olino , tiomorfolino, piperazino, N-etoksykarbonyl-piperazino, R^ betyr hydrogen eller laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl eller etyl, R^betyr hydrogen, laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl eller etyl, eller laverealkoksykarbonyl, f.eks. metoksy- eller etoksykarbonyl og Het betyr en toverdig heteroalkylenrest som med gruppen C-N utfyller denne til en heterocyklisk seksring som foruten nitrogenatomet inneholder ytterligere et heteroatom av gruppen oksygen, svovel eller nitrogen i ringen, og kan være eksempelvis en morfolino-, tiomorfolino- eller også piperazinring og Ph betyr en eventuelt med laverealkyl, som f.eks. metyl eller etyl, halogen, som f.eks. fluor, klor eller brom eller laverealkoksy, som f.eks. metoksy eller etoksy, substituert fenylrest, som også deres tautomere forbindelser og salter. Of particular interest are compounds of formula Ib, in which R 1 and R 2 mean lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, or the group -NR^R2 together means a lower alkylene amino, in which the straight, branched or phenyl-substituted lower alkylene chain can be interrupted by an oxygen, sulfur or possibly lower alkyl, such as e.g. methyl or ethyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as e.g. methoxy- or ethoxycarbonyl substituted nitrogen atom, and can for example be pyrrolidino, piperidino, 4-phenylpiperidino, morpholino, 2,6-dimethylmorpholino, thiomorpholino, piperazino, N-ethoxycarbonyl-piperazino, R^ means hydrogen or lower alkyl, e.g. . methyl or ethyl, R₂ means hydrogen, lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, or lower alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. methoxy- or ethoxycarbonyl and Het means a divalent heteroalkylene residue which, with the group C-N, completes this to form a six-membered heterocyclic ring which, in addition to the nitrogen atom, contains a further heteroatom of the group oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen in the ring, and can be, for example, a morpholino, thiomorpholino or piperazine ring and Ph means an optionally with lower alkyl, such as e.g. methyl or ethyl, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine or lower alkoxy, such as e.g. methoxy or ethoxy, substituted phenyl radical, as well as their tautomeric compounds and salts.
De nye guanidiner med formel I erholdes ifølge iThe new guanidines of formula I are obtained according to i
og for seg kjente metoder.and known methods.
Således kan man f.eks. erholde de nye forbindelser med formel I, idet man omsetter en forbindelse med formel II Thus, one can e.g. obtain the new compounds of formula I by reacting a compound of formula II
hvori X.j betyr gruppen. Ph-N= i hvilken Ph betyr en eventuelt substituert fenylrest eller en avspaltbar gruppe, X2betyr gruppen hvori og R2har den under formel I angitte betydning eller en avspaltbar gruppe og X^betyr gruppen where X.j means the group. Ph-N= in which Ph means an optionally substituted phenyl residue or a leaving group, X2 means the group in which and R2 has the meaning given under formula I or a leaving group and X^ means the group
hvori R3, R^, R,, og Het som toverdig wherein R 3 , R 3 , R 3 , and Het are divalent
heteroalkylenrest med gruppen C-N har den under formel I angitte betydning, eller betyr en avspaltbar gruppe, med det forbehold at bare en av substituentene , X ? eller X^kan være en avspaltbar gruppebg hvori en av gruppene X^, X2og X^er forbundet med en dobbeltbinding med karbon-atomet, med et amin eller imin, hvilket er identisk med manglende amino- eller iminogruppe som ble definert under heteroalkylene residue with the group C-N has the meaning given under formula I, or means a cleavable group, with the proviso that only one of the substituents, X ? or X^ may be a leaving groupbg in which one of the groups X^, X2 and X^ is connected by a double bond with the carbon atom, with an amine or imine, which is identical to missing amino or imino group as defined under
X^ , X^eller X^, for å erstatte den avspaltbare gruppen, og, dersom ønsket, gjennomfører ytterligere fremgangsmåtetrinn, og/eller, dersom ønsket, overfører erholdte forbindelser i et salt, og/eller, dersom ønsket, omdanner erholdte salter til forbindelser med formel I i de frie baser. X^ , X^ or X^, to replace the leaving group, and, if desired, carry out additional process steps, and/or, if desired, transfer obtained compounds in a salt, and/or, if desired, convert obtained salts into compounds of formula I in the free bases.
Som avspaltbare grupper X^, X^ og X3 kommer eksempelvis laverealkyltiogrupper, som f.eks. metyltio eller etyltio, laverealkoksy, som f.eks. metoksy eller etoksy, eller også.halogen, som f.eks. klor eller brom i betraktning. As cleavable groups X^, X^ and X3 come, for example, lower alkylthio groups, which e.g. methylthio or ethylthio, lower alkoxy, such as e.g. methoxy or ethoxy, or also.halogen, such as e.g. chlorine or bromine into consideration.
Forbindelser med den generelle formel II er, alt etter hva de avspaltbare grupper X^, X^eller X^betyr, enten forbindelser med formel Ila Compounds of the general formula II are, depending on what the cleavable groups X^, X^ or X^ mean, either compounds of formula IIa
hvori X^ en avspaltbar gruppe, Ph, R^, R4, R^, Hét og C-N har de ovenfor angitte betydninger, in which X^ a leaving group, Ph, R^, R4, R^, Hét and C-N have the meanings given above,
forbindelser med den generelle formel Ilb,compounds of the general formula IIb,
hvori X^ betyr en avspaltbar gruppe, eller forbindelser med formel lic hvori betyr en avspaltbar gruppe, deres tautomere former eller deres syreaddisjonssalter. Alt etter hva som foreligger som avspaltbar gruppe X^, X2 eller X^ i en forbindelse med formel II, omsetter man en forbindelse med formel Ila med et amin med formel HNR^R2, en forbindelse med formel Ilb med en iminoforbindelse med formel III wherein X^ represents a leaving group, or compounds of formula lic wherein means a leaving group, their tautomeric forms or their acid addition salts. Depending on what is present as a cleavable group X^, X2 or X^ in a compound of formula II, a compound of formula IIa is reacted with an amine of formula HNR^R2, a compound of formula IIb with an imino compound of formula III
(III) eller man omsetter en (III) or one trades one
forbindelse med formel lic med et eventuelt substituert anilin med formel Ph-NH2. Forbindelser med formlene Ila, Ilb og lic kan også anvendes som syreaddisjonssalter, fortrinnsvis som hydrohalogenider. På analog måte kan også de anvendte aminer, iminoforbindelser eller også aniliner omsettes som syreaddisjonssalter, fortrinnsvis som hydrohalogenider. compound of formula lic with an optionally substituted aniline of formula Ph-NH2. Compounds with the formulas IIa, IIb and Ic can also be used as acid addition salts, preferably as hydrohalides. In an analogous manner, the amines, imino compounds or also anilines used can also be reacted as acid addition salts, preferably as hydrohalides.
Omsetningen av en forbindelse med formel II, dvs. spesielt en forbindelse med formelen Ila, Ilb eller lic eksempelvis med.et tidligere nevnt amin eller imin som fri base skjer under anvendelse av et støkiometrisk overskudd av aminet eller iminet, eksempelvis i et molforhold 1:1 til 1:2,0. Ved anvendelse av kun et lite overskudd av aminet eller iminet som fri base eller ved anvendelse av aminet eller iminet som syreaddisjonssalter er det hensiktsmessig å tilsette ytterligere en støkiometrisk ekvivalent mengde av et tertiært alkylamin, som f.eks. trietylamin eller N-etyldiisopropylamin. The reaction of a compound of formula II, i.e. in particular a compound of formula IIa, IIb or Ic, for example with a previously mentioned amine or imine as free base takes place using a stoichiometric excess of the amine or imine, for example in a molar ratio of 1: 1 to 1:2.0. When using only a small excess of the amine or imine as free base or when using the amine or imine as acid addition salts, it is appropriate to add a further stoichiometrically equivalent amount of a tertiary alkylamine, such as e.g. triethylamine or N-ethyldiisopropylamine.
Omsetter man eksempelvis en iminoforbindelse med formel III som fri base med en forbindelse med formel Ilb, i hvilken X^betyr et halogen, så anvender man fortrinnsvis 2 molekvivalenter eller mer av den frie base av den ovenfor omtalte iminoforbindelse. I henhold til følgende reaksjonsskjema If, for example, an imino compound of formula III is reacted as a free base with a compound of formula IIb, in which X represents a halogen, then preferably 2 molar equivalents or more of the free base of the above-mentioned imino compound are used. According to the following reaction scheme
dannes en ekvivalent av iminoforbindelsen som syreaddisjonssalt. Av denne grunn gjennomføres omsetningen fortrinnsvis i et aprotisk oppløsningsmiddel, i hvilket den erholdte forbindelse med formel I er oppløselig, hvor til gjengjeld addisjonssaltet til halogenhydrogensyren i henhold til ovenfor angitte skjema utfelles som uløselig forbindelse. an equivalent of the imino compound is formed as an acid addition salt. For this reason, the reaction is preferably carried out in an aprotic solvent, in which the obtained compound of formula I is soluble, where, in return, the addition salt of the hydrohalic acid is precipitated as an insoluble compound according to the above scheme.
På denne måte lar seg de begge erholdte reaksjonsprodukter lett fraskille fra hverandre ved enkel filtrering. Det erholdte syreaddisjonssalt til iminoforbindelsen overføres ved basisk hydrolyse, eksempelvis ved tilsetning av alkali- eller jordalkalihydroksyd eller -karbonat i den frie base og kan hermed gjenvinnes som utgangsprodukt for videre anvendelse. Fortrinnsvis omsetter man dog forbindelser med formel Ilb og III som syreaddisjonssalter, eksempelvis som hydrohalogenider, som ovenfor angitt i nærvær av et ytterligere tertiært alkylamin, som f.eks. trietylamin eller N-etyldiisopropylamin. In this way, the two reaction products obtained can easily be separated from each other by simple filtration. The obtained acid addition salt to the imino compound is transferred by basic hydrolysis, for example by adding alkali or alkaline earth hydroxide or carbonate to the free base and can thereby be recovered as a starting product for further use. Preferably, however, compounds of formula IIb and III are reacted as acid addition salts, for example as hydrohalides, as stated above in the presence of a further tertiary alkylamine, such as e.g. triethylamine or N-ethyldiisopropylamine.
De beskrevne omsetninger av forbindelser med formel Ilb med en iminoforbindelse med formel III skjer, som allerede ovenfor nevnt, fortrinnsvis i aprotiske oppløs-ningsmidler. Eksempler for foretrukne anvendbare oppløs-ningsmidler er eter, som f.eks. dietyleter og tetrahydrofuran, lavérealifatiske ketoner og estere, som f.eks. aceton, metyletylketon og etylacetat, aromatiske hydrokarboner, som f.eks. benzen, toluen eller xylen, samt acetonitril. Særskilt foretrukket utføres dog omsetningen i dietyleter eller acetonitril. Omsetningen kan. gjennomføres ved en temperatur mellom 0-150°C, fortrinnsvis dog mellom værelsetemperatur og tilbakeløpstemperatur til reaksjonsblandingen. The described reactions of compounds of formula IIb with an imino compound of formula III take place, as already mentioned above, preferably in aprotic solvents. Examples of preferred applicable solvents are ether, such as e.g. diethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran, low-real aliphatic ketones and esters, such as e.g. acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and ethyl acetate, aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene, toluene or xylene, as well as acetonitrile. Particularly preferably, however, the reaction is carried out in diethyl ether or acetonitrile. The turnover can. is carried out at a temperature between 0-150°C, preferably between room temperature and the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture.
Anvender man som utgangsforbindelse med formel II dog f.eks. en forbindelse med formel Ila One uses as starting compound with formula II, however, e.g. a compound of formula IIa
så har X^som avspaltbar gruppe fortrinnsvis betydningen av en laverealkoksy- eller laverealkyltiogruppe. Utgangsforbindelser med formel Ila omsettes i form av deres salter, eksempelvis i form av deres syreaddisjonssalter med en halogenhydrogensyre med et amin med formel HNR^ R2 som fri base eller som syreaddisjonssalt, i hvilken R^ og R2 har den ovenfor angitte betydning. then X^ as a cleavable group preferably has the meaning of a lower alkoxy or lower alkylthio group. Starting compounds of formula IIa are reacted in the form of their salts, for example in the form of their acid addition salts with a hydrohalic acid with an amine of the formula HNR^ R 2 as a free base or as an acid addition salt, in which R^ and R 2 have the meaning indicated above.
Omsetningene gjennomføres f.eks. i en alkohol som oppløsningsmiddel, fortrinnsvis i en lavere alkohol, som f.eks. etanol, isopropanol eller tert.-butanol, særskilt foretrukket dog i en eter, som f.eks. dietyleter eller tetrahydrofuran eller i acetonitril ved temperaturer fra værelsetemperatur til fortrinnsvis tilbakeløpstemperatur av reaksjonsblandingen. Reaksjonene kan imidlertid utføres i et lukket reaksjonskar under trykk, som f.eks. i et bomberør eller i en autoklav, ved høyere temperaturer. Guanidinderivatene med den generelle formel I erholdes i form av deres salter som eksempelvis kan overføres ved alkalisk hydrolyse i de tilsvarende frie baser. Ved omsetningen av forbindelser med den generelle formel Ila med aminet med den generelle formel HNR^R2anvendes aminet fortrinnsvis i støkiometrisk overskudd, eksempelvis i et molforhold 1:1 til 1:2,0 eller større. Ved anvendelse av kun et mindre overskudd av aminet eller et syreaddisjonssalt kan det være hensiktsmessig å tilsette ytterligere en støkiometrisk ekvivalent mengde av et tertiært alkylamid, som f.eks. trietylamin eller N-etyldiisopropylamin, for å forhøye reaksjbnshastigheten. The sales are carried out e.g. in an alcohol as solvent, preferably in a lower alcohol, such as e.g. ethanol, isopropanol or tert.-butanol, particularly preferred however in an ether, such as e.g. diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran or in acetonitrile at temperatures from room temperature to preferably the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture. The reactions can, however, be carried out in a closed reaction vessel under pressure, such as e.g. in a bomb tube or in an autoclave, at higher temperatures. The guanidine derivatives of the general formula I are obtained in the form of their salts which can, for example, be transferred by alkaline hydrolysis into the corresponding free bases. In the reaction of compounds of the general formula IIa with the amine of the general formula HNR^R 2 , the amine is preferably used in stoichiometric excess, for example in a molar ratio of 1:1 to 1:2.0 or greater. When using only a small excess of the amine or an acid addition salt, it may be appropriate to add a further stoichiometrically equivalent amount of a tertiary alkyl amide, such as e.g. triethylamine or N-ethyldiisopropylamine, to increase the reaction rate.
Omsetningen av forbindelser med formel lic med en avspaltbar gruppe , som ved siden av betydningen av et halogenatom fortrinnsvis betyr laverealkoksy eller laverealkyltio, eller deres tautomere former med et eventuelt substituert anilin som fri base skjer på samme måte som beskrevet ved omsetningen av en forbindelse med formel Ila med et amin med formel HNR^R2. Omsetningen utføres fortrinnsvis også i et støkiometrisk overskudd av det eventuelt substituerte anilinet. Ved anvendelse av kun et lite overskudd av anilinet eller et syreaddisjonssalt derav kan det være hensiktsmessig å tilsette en støkiometrisk ekvivalent mengde av et ovenfor allerede definert tertiært trialkylamin. Omsetningene utføres i analoge oppløsningsmidler som tidligere beskrevet ved omsetningen av forbindelsen Ila med The reaction of compounds of formula lic with a cleavable group, which next to the meaning of a halogen atom preferably means lower alkoxy or lower alkylthio, or their tautomeric forms with an optionally substituted aniline as free base takes place in the same way as described for the reaction of a compound of formula Ila with an amine of formula HNR^R2. The reaction is preferably also carried out in a stoichiometric excess of the optionally substituted aniline. When using only a small excess of the aniline or an acid addition salt thereof, it may be appropriate to add a stoichiometrically equivalent amount of a tertiary trialkylamine already defined above. The reactions are carried out in analogous solvents as previously described for the reaction of compound IIa with
III. III.
Forbindelser med den generelle formel I kan også fremstilles idet man omsetter en guanidinforbindelse med den generelle formel IV hvori Ph, og R2 har de under formel I angitte betydninger, med en forbindelse med den generelle formel V Compounds of the general formula I can also be prepared by reacting a guanidine compound of the general formula IV in which Ph, and R 2 have the meanings given under formula I, with a compound of the general formula V
hvori Y betyr laverealkoksy, som f.eks. metoksy eller etoksy, laverealkyltio, som f.eks. metyltio eller etyltio, halogen, som f.eks. klor eller brom, eller Y betyr to laverealkoksygrupper som er. bundet til samme C-atom, og Z betyr en tetrafluoroborat-, en fluorsulfonat-, en laverealkylsulfat-, som f.eks. metylsulfat- eller laverealkan-sulfonat-, som f.eks. metansulfonatanion eller et halogenid, som f.eks. klorid eller bromid, hvorved når Y har betydningen av to laverealkoksygrupper bundet til samme C-atom, bort-faller Z som anion, eller, når R^betyr hydrogen, foreligger den tautomere form som fri base, og, dersom ønsket, gjennomfører ytterligere fremgangsmåtetrinn og, dersom ønsket, overfører erholdte forbindelser med formel I i et salt., og/eller, dersom ønsket, overfører erholdte salter til forbindelser med formel I i de frie forbindelser. in which Y means lower alkoxy, such as e.g. methoxy or ethoxy, lower alkylthio, such as e.g. methylthio or ethylthio, halogen, such as e.g. chlorine or bromine, or Y means two lower alkoxy groups which are. bound to the same C atom, and Z means a tetrafluoroborate-, a fluorosulfonate-, a lower alkylsulfate-, which e.g. methyl sulfate or lower alkane sulfonate, such as e.g. methanesulfonate anion or a halide, such as chloride or bromide, whereby when Y has the meaning of two lower alkoxy groups bound to the same C atom, Z is omitted as an anion, or, when R^ means hydrogen, the tautomeric form is present as a free base, and, if desired, further process steps are carried out and, if desired, transfer obtained compounds of formula I in a salt., and/or, if desired, transfer obtained salts to compounds of formula I in the free compounds.
Forbindelsene med den generelle formel I fremstilles hensiktsmessig på slik måte at man bringer et laktamsalt med den ovenfor angitte formel V til omsetning med et guanidinderivat med den ovenfor definerte formel IV i støkiometriske mengder. Omsetningene utføres fortrinnsvis. The compounds of the general formula I are conveniently prepared in such a way that a lactam salt of the above-mentioned formula V is reacted with a guanidine derivative of the above-defined formula IV in stoichiometric amounts. The turnovers are carried out preferentially.
i et vannfritt, organisk oppløsningsmiddel. Organiske oppløsningsmidler er f.eks. lavere alkanoler, som f.eks. metanol, etanol, isopropanol, tert.-butanol, eter, som f.eks. dietyleter, tetrahydrofuran eller dioksan, lavere, halogenerte hydrokarboner, som f.eks. kloroform, metylenklorid eller 1,2-dikloretan og aromatiske hydrokarboner, som f.eks. benzen, toluen eller xylen. Generelt utføres reaksjonen ved temperaturer som ligger mellom -20°C og +50°C, fortrinnsvis dog mellom 0°C og værelsetemperatUr. Det i saltform erholdte reaksjonsprodukt med den generelle formel I overføres ved basisk hydrolyse, eksempelvis ved tilsetning av.et alkali- eller jordalkalihydroksyd eller in an anhydrous organic solvent. Organic solvents are e.g. lower alkanols, such as e.g. methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, tert.-butanol, ether, such as e.g. diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, lower, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as e.g. chloroform, methylene chloride or 1,2-dichloroethane and aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene, toluene or xylene. In general, the reaction is carried out at temperatures between -20°C and +50°C, preferably between 0°C and room temperature. The reaction product with the general formula I obtained in salt form is transferred by basic hydrolysis, for example by the addition of an alkali or alkaline earth hydroxide or
-karbonat i den frie base.-carbonate in the free base.
De ved fremgangsmåten anvendte laktamfluoroborater eller -fluorsulfonater med den generelle formel V, i hvilken Z ® eksempelvis angir tetrafluorborat-gruppen med formel BF^® eller fluorsulfonatgruppe med formel OS02F ® , kan fremstilles etter vanlige fremgangsmåter,idet man omsetter et laktam med formel Va The lactam fluoroborates or fluorosulfonates with the general formula V used in the process, in which Z ® for example denotes the tetrafluoroborate group with the formula BF^® or fluorosulfonate group with the formula OS02F ® , can be prepared according to usual methods, by reacting a lactam with the formula Va
med dét tilsvarende trialkyloksoniumfluoroborat eller en fluorsulfonsyrelaverealkylester til tilsvarende laktam-sålt med den generelle formel V. with the corresponding trialkyloxonium fluoroborate or a fluorosulfonic acid lower alkyl ester to the corresponding lactam salt of the general formula V.
Omsetningen utføres eksempelvis ved temperaturer mellom -20°C og +50°C, fortrinnsvis ved temperaturer mellom 0°C og +25°C i en inert gass, som f.eks. nitrogen eller argon, og i nærvær av et inert, vannfritt organisk oppløs-ningsmiddel, eksempelvis i et lavere halogenhydrokarbon, som f.eks. kloroform, 1,2-dikloretan eller fortrinnsvis i metylenklorid. Eksempler for andre anvendbare organiske oppløsningsmidler er eter, som f.eks. dietyleter, dioksan, tetrahydrofuran eller 1,2-dimetoksyetan samt aromatiske hydrokarboner, som f.eks. benzen, toluen eller xylen. The reaction is carried out, for example, at temperatures between -20°C and +50°C, preferably at temperatures between 0°C and +25°C in an inert gas, such as e.g. nitrogen or argon, and in the presence of an inert, anhydrous organic solvent, for example in a lower halogen hydrocarbon, such as e.g. chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane or preferably in methylene chloride. Examples of other applicable organic solvents are ether, such as e.g. diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran or 1,2-dimethoxyethane as well as aromatic hydrocarbons, such as e.g. benzene, toluene or xylene.
Den under den generelle formel V omfattende 2-laverealkyltiolaktimeter kan fremstilles, ved omsetning av laktamet med den generelle formel Va med fosforpentasulfid på analog måte ifølge R. Gomper et al., Org. Syn. Coll., Vol. V, sider 780-785. Ved utføring av denne omsetning erholder man først et tiolaktam, hvilket ved omsetning med et alkyleringsmiddel gir 2-alkyltiolaktimeteren i form av tilsvarende salter. Som alkyleringsmiddel kan anvendes et alkylhalogenid, eksempelvis metyljodid, en fluorsulfonsyrealkylester, som f.eks. fluorsulfonsyremetylester, en lavere-alkansulfonsyrealkylester, f.eks. metansulfonsyrealkylester som f.eks. metansulfonsyremetylester, en toluensulfonsyrealkylester, som f.eks. toluensulfonsyremetylester eller dialkylsulfat, som f.eks. dimetylsulfat. Omsetningen av laktimetersaltene med guanidinderivatet med den generelle formel IV gir de tilsvarende salter med den generelle formel The 2-lower alkylthiolactimeter under the general formula V can be prepared by reacting the lactam of the general formula Va with phosphorus pentasulfide in an analogous manner according to R. Gomper et al., Org. Sight. Coll., Vol. V, pages 780-785. When this reaction is carried out, a thiolactam is first obtained, which, when reacted with an alkylating agent, gives the 2-alkylthiolactimether in the form of corresponding salts. An alkyl halide, for example methyl iodide, a fluorosulfonic acid alkyl ester, such as e.g. fluorosulphonic acid methyl ester, a lower alkanesulphonic acid alkyl ester, e.g. methanesulfonic acid alkyl esters such as e.g. methanesulfonic acid methyl ester, a toluenesulfonic acid alkyl ester, such as e.g. toluenesulfonic acid methyl ester or dialkyl sulfate, such as e.g. dimethyl sulfate. The reaction of the lactimeter salts with the guanidine derivative of the general formula IV gives the corresponding salts of the general formula
I- IN-
Ved omsetningen av de ovenfor beskrevne laktamfluor-sulfonater med den generelle formel V med guanidinene med den generelle formel IV kan som bireaksjoner også dannes kvaternære ammoniumsalter til forbindelser med den generelle formel I. In the reaction of the above-described lactam fluorosulfonates of the general formula V with the guanidines of the general formula IV, quaternary ammonium salts of compounds of the general formula I can also be formed as side reactions.
Også de under den generelle formel V omfattende metylsulfatsalter erholdes på analog måte som beskrevet av H. Bredereck et al., Chem. Ber., bind 96, (1963), side Also those under the general formula V comprising methyl sulfate salts are obtained in an analogous manner as described by H. Bredereck et al., Chem. Ber., vol. 96, (1963), p
1350, for pyrrolidoner, av laktamer med den generelle formel Va ved omsetning med dimetylsulfat. Omsetningen utføres fortrinnsvis i et vannfritt, inert organisk oppløsnings-middel, eksempelvis i et aromatisk hydrokarbon, som f.eks. benzen, toluen eller xylen, i en eter, som f.eks. dietyleter, dioksan eller tetrahydrofuran, eller i et halogenert alifatisk hydrokarbon, som f.eks. 1,2-dikloretan eller kloroform. Det erholdte metylsulfat med den generelle formel V overføres deretter med det tilsvarende guanidinderivat med den generelle formel. IV på ovenfor beskrevet måte til til- 1350, for pyrrolidones, of lactams of the general formula Va by reaction with dimethyl sulfate. The reaction is preferably carried out in an anhydrous, inert organic solvent, for example in an aromatic hydrocarbon, which e.g. benzene, toluene or xylene, in an ether, such as diethyl ether, dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, or in a halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbon, such as e.g. 1,2-dichloroethane or chloroform. The obtained methyl sulfate of the general formula V is then transferred with the corresponding guanidine derivative of the general formula. IV in the manner described above to
svarende laverealkylsulfatsalt, som f.eks. metylsulfatsalt til forbindelsen med den generelle formel I. De erholdte salter lår seg omdanne ved behandling med et alkali- eller jordalkalihydroksyd eller -karbonat i tilsvarende frie baser med den generelle formel I. corresponding lower alkyl sulfate salt, such as e.g. methyl sulfate salt to the compound with the general formula I. The obtained salts can be converted by treatment with an alkali or alkaline earth hydroxide or carbonate in corresponding free bases with the general formula I.
Av laverealkylsulfat-, som f.eks. metylsulfatsaltet med den generelle formel V lar seg eksempelvis fremstille ved omsetning med et metallalkoksid, fortrinnsvis et alkali-metallalkoksid som f.eks. natriummetoksid eller -etoksid, Of lower alkyl sulfate-, such as e.g. the methyl sulfate salt with the general formula V can, for example, be prepared by reaction with a metal alkoxide, preferably an alkali metal alkoxide such as e.g. sodium methoxide or ethoxide,
i det tilsvarende vannfrie alkanolet som tilsvarer laktam-acetal med formel Vb in the corresponding anhydrous alkanol corresponding to the lactam acetal of formula Vb
Av laktamacetalene lar seg fremstille, som ovenfor beskrevet, med guanidinderivatene med den generelle formel IV de frie baser med den generelle formel I. Of the lactam acetals, the free bases of the general formula I can be prepared, as described above, with the guanidine derivatives of the general formula IV.
De ved fremgangsmåten anvendte halogenid-, spesielt kloridsalter til laktamet med den generelle formel V lar seg fremstille på analog måte som beskrevet av W. Jentsch og M. Seefelder, Chem. Ber., bind 98 (1965), side 274, for .pyrrolidoner, ved omsetning av et laktam med den generelle formel Va med fosgen eller tionylklprid. The halide, especially chloride salts of the lactam of the general formula V used in the process can be prepared in an analogous manner as described by W. Jentsch and M. Seefelder, Chem. Ber., vol. 98 (1965), page 274, for .pyrrolidones, by reacting a lactam of the general formula Va with phosgene or thionyl chloride.
Som allerede ovenfor nevnt, kan for fremstillingen av forbindelsen med den generelle formel I, i hvilken betyr et hydrogenatom, også anvendes de frie baser med den generelle formel V. Omsetningen av saltene med den generelle formel V med en base, som f.eks. et alkali- eller jordalkalihydroksyd- eller -karbonat, fortrinnsvis i et halogenert alifatisk hydrokarbon som oppløsningsmiddel, som f.eks. metylenklorid eller kloroform, gir de frie baser As already mentioned above, the free bases of the general formula V can also be used for the preparation of the compound of the general formula I, in which a hydrogen atom means. The reaction of the salts of the general formula V with a base, such as e.g. an alkali or alkaline earth hydroxide or carbonate, preferably in a halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbon as solvent, such as e.g. methylene chloride or chloroform, they give free bases
med den generelle formel Vewith the general formula Ve
Forbindelser med den generelle formel I kan også fremstilles etter en ytterligere fremgangsmåte, idet man omsetter guanidinderivater med den generelle formel VI eller en tautomer form derav, hvori Ph, , R2og R^ har de ovenfor angitte betydninger og har betydningen av en okso-, tiokso- eller NH-gruppe, med en forbindelse med den generelle formel VII hvori n^ eller n2betyr 0, 1, 2 eller 3, med det forbehold at n^ og n2til sammen ikke betyr mer enn 3, Z^betyr et halogenatom, Z2betyr en oksogruppe eller til sammen består gruppen av hydrogen og halogen, hvorved hydrogenatomet kan være en del av en metylgruppe, eller Z^og Z2til sammen over en iminogruppe kompletterer den bivalente alkylenrest Compounds of the general formula I can also be prepared according to a further method, reacting guanidine derivatives of the general formula VI or a tautomeric form thereof, in which Ph, , R 2 and R 3 have the meanings given above and have the meaning of an oxo-, thioxo - or NH group, with a compound of the general formula VII in which n^ or n2 means 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n^ and n2 together do not mean more than 3, Z^ means a halogen atom, Z2 means a oxo group or together the group consists of hydrogen and halogen, whereby the hydrogen atom can be part of a methyl group, or Z^ and Z2 together over an imino group complete the bivalent alkylene residue
til et azirdinderivat, hvorved R^og R,- har betyd- to an azirdine derivative, whereby R^ and R,- have meant-
ningen av hydrogen, og., dersom ønsket, gjennomfører ytterligere fremgangsmåtetrinn, og/eller, dersom ønsket, over-fører erholdte forbindelse i et salt, og/eller, dersom ønsket, omdanner erholdte salter til forbindelsene med formel I i de frie baser. the addition of hydrogen, and, if desired, carrying out further process steps, and/or, if desired, converting the obtained compound into a salt, and/or, if desired, converting the obtained salts into the compounds of formula I in the free bases.
Eksempelvis blir en forbindelse med formel VI, i hvilken betyr en okso- eller tioksogruppe, omsatt med et halogenacetaldehyd med formel VII, i hvilken Z^betyr et halogen, betyr en oksogruppe, n^ og n^betyr 0 og Ri- betyr hydrogen, fortrinnsvis i et oppløsningsmiddel med eller uten tilsetning av et syrebindende middel. For example, a compound of formula VI, in which means an oxo or thioxo group, is reacted with a haloacetaldehyde of formula VII, in which Z^ means a halogen, means an oxo group, n^ and n^ means 0 and Ri- means hydrogen, preferably in a solvent with or without the addition of an acid-binding agent.
Som oppløsningsmiddel kan eksempelvis anvendes lavere alkanoler som f.eks. metanol, etanol, isopropanol, butanol; ketoner, som f.eks. aceton, butanon, metyliso-propylketon; eter, som f.eks. 1,2-dimetoksy-etan, diisopropyleter, tetrahydrofuran eller dioksan; karbonsyre-derivater, som f.eks. acetonitril, eddiksyreetylester, dimetylformamid; aromater, som f.eks. benzen, toluen eller xylen, alifater eller cykloalifater, som f.eks. bensin og ligroiner med kokeområder mellom 60°C til 180°C, cyklo-heksan; halogenerte alifatiske hydrokarboner, som f.eks. metylenklorid, kloroform, tetraklormetan eller 1,2-dikloretan. Lower alkanols such as e.g. methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol; ketones, such as acetone, butanone, methyl isopropyl ketone; ether, such as 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane; carbonic acid derivatives, such as e.g. acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, dimethylformamide; aromatics, such as benzene, toluene or xylene, aliphatics or cycloaliphates, such as e.g. petrol and ligroin with boiling ranges between 60°C to 180°C, cyclo-hexane; halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, chloroform, tetrachloromethane or 1,2-dichloroethane.
Som syrebindende middel kan eksempelvis anvendes: Uorganiske baser, som f.eks. natriumhydrogenkarbonat, natriumkarbonat, kaliumkarbonat, trinatriumfosfat, natrium-hydroksyd, kaliumhydroksyd eller organiske baser, som f.eks. trietylamin eller benzyl-dimetylamin. For example, the following can be used as an acid-binding agent: Inorganic bases, such as e.g. sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, trisodium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or organic bases, such as e.g. triethylamine or benzyldimethylamine.
For omsetning av forbindelser med formel VI med halogenacetaldehyder eller halogeriacetaldehyder-avspaltbare forbindelser, som f.eks. tilsvarende acetaler, anvendes fortrinnsvis ekvimolare eller omtrent ekvimolare mengder av de begge komponenter. Spesielt kan det være hensiktsmessig å anvende et lite overskudd (1 - 15 mol-%) av halogenacetaldehyd eller halogenacetaldehyd-avspaltende forbindelser. Hertil blir forbindelsen med formel VI opp-løst i et oppløsningsmiddel eller suspendert og halogen-acetaldehydet eller den halogenacetaldehyd-avspaltende forbindelse blir langsomt tilsatt. Det syrebindende middel kåh derved likeledes pålegges eller også først tilsettes etterpå. Omsetningen gjennomføres ved 0°C inntil kokepunktet av det anvendte oppløsningsmiddel, eksempelvis inntil en temperatur av 150°C; det foretrukne temperaturområdet ligger ved 20°C til 100°C. For the reaction of compounds of formula VI with halogenacetaldehydes or halogenacetaldehyde-cleavable compounds, such as e.g. corresponding acetals, preferably equimolar or approximately equimolar amounts of both components are used. In particular, it may be appropriate to use a small excess (1-15 mol-%) of haloacetaldehyde or haloacetaldehyde-releasing compounds. To this, the compound of formula VI is dissolved in a solvent or suspended and the halogen-acetaldehyde or the halogen-acetaldehyde-releasing compound is slowly added. The acid-binding agent kåh is thereby also applied or only added afterwards. The reaction is carried out at 0°C up to the boiling point of the solvent used, for example up to a temperature of 150°C; the preferred temperature range is from 20°C to 100°C.
På analog måte kan også en forbindelse med formel VI, i hvilken Y betyr en tioksogruppe, omsettes med en dihalogenetanforbindelse med formel VII, i hvilken Z^betyr et halogenatom og Z_ betyr et halogenatom og hydrogenatom, til de samme forbindelser med formel I. På analog måte som ovenfor beskrevet utføres omsetningene i et organisk opp-løsningsmiddel eller i et overskudd av den anvendte dihalo-genetanf orbindelse med formel VII. Fortrinnsvis skjer omsetningen i en lavere alkanol, som f.eks. metanol, etanol, isopropanol eller butanol. In an analogous manner, a compound of formula VI, in which Y represents a thioxo group, can also be reacted with a dihaloethane compound of formula VII, in which Z^ means a halogen atom and Z_ means a halogen atom and hydrogen atom, to the same compounds of formula I. On in an analogous manner to that described above, the reactions are carried out in an organic solvent or in an excess of the used dihalogenethanfer compound with formula VII. Preferably, the conversion takes place in a lower alkanol, such as e.g. methanol, ethanol, isopropanol or butanol.
De under formelen VII omfattende aziridiner, i hvilken R^og R,- betyr hydrogen, lar seg omsette med et tiourinstoffderivat med formel VI i vandig-sur oppløsning eller fortrinnsvis i et ikke-polart oppløsningsmiddel, som f.eks. i en av de ovenfor angitte ketoner ved en temperatur mellom 0°C til 100°C, fortrinnsvis dog mellom 0°C og 30°C. Anvender man som oppløsningsmiddel imidlertid en vandig-sur oppløsning, så må reaksjonsblandingen etter utført omsetning innstilles alkalisk for å erholde den erholdte forbindelse med formel I som fri base. The aziridines under the formula VII, in which R^ and R,- mean hydrogen, can be reacted with a thiourea derivative of the formula VI in aqueous-acidic solution or preferably in a non-polar solvent, such as e.g. in one of the above-mentioned ketones at a temperature between 0°C and 100°C, preferably between 0°C and 30°C. However, if an aqueous-acidic solution is used as the solvent, the reaction mixture must be made alkaline after the reaction has been carried out in order to obtain the resulting compound of formula I as a free base.
Forbindelsene i henhold til oppfinnelsen med formel I, hvori Het betyr en heteroalkylenrest med 4-6 kjedeledd som utfyller gruppen C-N til en heterocyklisk seks-åttering, kan fremstilles idet man omsetter forbindelser med formel The compounds according to the invention with formula I, in which Het means a heteroalkylene residue with 4-6 chain links which complements the group C-N to a heterocyclic six-membered ring, can be prepared by reacting compounds with formula
IV IV
hvori R^, R2og Ph har de ovenfor angitte betydninger, med et halogenalkylenisotiocyanat med formel in which R 1 , R 2 and Ph have the meanings given above, with a haloalkylene isothiocyanate of formula
hvori Z^ betyr et halogenatom og den bivalénte rest "alkylen" betyr en alkylkjede med 3-5 karbonatomer, hvorved et hydrogenatom i alkylenkjeden kan være erstattet med substituenten 1, som har den ovenfor angitte betydning for R^med unntak av hydrogen, og, dersom ønsket, gjennom-fører ytterligere fremgangsmåtetrinn, og/eller, dersom ønsket, overfører erholdte forbindelser i et salt, og/eller, dersom ønsket, omdanner erholdte salter til forbindelsene med formel I i de frie baser. in which Z^ means a halogen atom and the bivalent residue "alkylene" means an alkyl chain with 3-5 carbon atoms, whereby a hydrogen atom in the alkylene chain can be replaced by the substituent 1, which has the meaning given above for R^ with the exception of hydrogen, and, if desired, carry out further method steps, and/or, if desired, transfer obtained compounds in a salt, and/or, if desired, convert obtained salts into the compounds of formula I in the free bases.
Omsetningen gjennomføres fortrinnsvis i et vannfritt, inert organisk oppløsningsmiddel, eksempelvis et aromatisk hydrokarbon, som f.eks. benzen, toluen eller xylen, en eter, som f.eks. dietyleter, dioksan eller tetrahydrofuran. Omsetningen utføres ved en temperatur av 0°C inntil koke-punkt av det anvendte oppløsningsmiddel, eksempelvis inntil en temperatur av 120°C; det foretrukne temperaturområde ligger ved 20° til 100°C, The reaction is preferably carried out in an anhydrous, inert organic solvent, for example an aromatic hydrocarbon, which e.g. benzene, toluene or xylene, an ether, such as diethyl ether, dioxane or tetrahydrofuran. The reaction is carried out at a temperature of 0°C up to the boiling point of the solvent used, for example up to a temperature of 120°C; the preferred temperature range is at 20° to 100°C,
Forbindelsene i henhold til oppfinnelsen med formel I, i hvilken R^har den ovenfor definerte betydning og R2og/eller R^betyr hydrogen, kan omdannes etter en ytterligere fremgangsmåte ved omsetning med en reaksjonsdyktig ester av en alifatisk eller cykloalifatisk alkohol i forbindelser med formel I, i hvilken R2og/eller R^i rammen av den ovenfor angitte definisjon for R2og R^ er forskjellig fra hydrogen, og, dersom ønsket, gjennomfører ytterligere fremgangsmåtetrinn, og/eller, dersom ønsket, overfører erholdte forbindelser med formel I i et salt, og/eller, dersom ønsket, omdanner erholdte salter til forbindelser med formel I i de frie baser. The compounds according to the invention with formula I, in which R^ has the meaning defined above and R 2 and/or R^ is hydrogen, can be converted according to a further method by reaction with a reactive ester of an aliphatic or cycloaliphatic alcohol in compounds with formula I , in which R 2 and/or R^ in the framework of the above-mentioned definition for R 2 and R^ is different from hydrogen, and, if desired, carry out further process steps, and/or, if desired, transfer obtained compounds of formula I in a salt, and/or, if desired, converts obtained salts into compounds of formula I in the free bases.
Som reaksjonsdyktig ester, som'såkalt alkyleringsmiddel kan man anvende f.eks. et alkyl- eller cykloalkyl-halogenid som f.eks. metyl- eller cykloheksy1jodid, en tilsvarende fluorsulfonsyrealkylester som f.eks. fluor-sulf onsyremetylester , en tilsvarende laverealkansulfonsyre-ester som f.eks. metansulfonsyremetylester, en tilsvarende toluensulfonsyrealkylester som f.eks. toluensulfonsyremetylester eller et dialkylsulfat som f.eks. dimetyl- eller As a reactive ester, as a so-called alkylating agent, you can use e.g. an alkyl or cycloalkyl halide such as methyl or cyclohexyiodide, a corresponding fluorosulfonic acid alkyl ester such as, for example fluorosulfonic acid methyl ester, a corresponding lower alkanesulfonic acid ester such as e.g. methanesulfonic acid methyl ester, a corresponding toluenesulfonic acid alkyl ester such as e.g. toluenesulfonic acid methyl ester or a dialkyl sulfate such as e.g. dimethyl or
dietylsulfat.diethyl sulfate.
Forbindelsene i henhold til oppfinnelsen med formel I, i hvilken R2og/eller R- betyr hydrogen, kan også fremstilles etter en ytterligere fremgangsmåte, idet man avspalter i forbindelser med den generelle formel IX The compounds according to the invention with formula I, in which R 2 and/or R- means hydrogen, can also be prepared according to a further method, splitting off in compounds with the general formula IX
hvori R^, R^, R^, Ph og Het har den under formel I angitte betydning og en av substituentene R2<1>og R^' har betydningen av R2eller R^og den andre betyr en aminobeskyttelsesgruppe, eller R2<1>og R^1 betyr en aminobeskyttelsesgruppe, disse og om ønskelig gjennomfører ytterligere fremgangsmåtetrinn, og/eller, dersom ønsket, overfører erholdte forbindelser med formel I i et salt, og/eller, dersom ønsket, omdanner erholdte salter til forbindelser med formel I i de frie baser. in which R^, R^, R^, Ph and Het have the meaning given under formula I and one of the substituents R2<1> and R^' has the meaning of R2 or R^ and the other means an amino protecting group, or R2<1> and R^1 means an amino protecting group, these and if desired carry out further method steps, and/or, if desired, transfer obtained compounds of formula I in a salt, and/or, if desired, convert obtained salts into compounds of formula I in the free bases.
En aminobeskyttelsesgruppe R2' henhv. R^' er i første rekke en acylgruppe som acyl av en alifatisk, aromatisk eller aralifatisk karbonsyre, spesielt lavere-alkanoyl, f.eks. acetyl eller propionyl, eller aroyl., f.eks. benzoyl eller acyl av en maursyre eller et karbonsyrehalv-derivat, f.eks. -ester som formyl, laverealkoksykarbonyl, f.eks. etoksykarbonyl eller tert.-butyloksykarbonyl eller aryllaverealkoksykarbonyl,. f.eks. benzoyloksykarbonyl. An amino protecting group R2' or R^' is primarily an acyl group such as acyl of an aliphatic, aromatic or araliphatic carboxylic acid, especially lower alkanoyl, e.g. acetyl or propionyl, or aroyl., e.g. benzoyl or acyl of a formic acid or a carboxylic acid half-derivative, e.g. -ester such as formyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. ethoxycarbonyl or tert.-butyloxycarbonyl or aryl laverealoxycarbonyl,. e.g. benzoyloxycarbonyl.
Avspaltningen av en aminobeskyttelsesgruppe R2' og/eller R^' anvendt acylrest skjer på i og for seg kjent måte, f.eks. ved solvolyse, i første rekke ved hjelp av alkoholyse, videre ved. hjelp av hydrolyse. Den alkoho-lytiske avspaltning av en acylrest R2<1>og/eller R^' kan skje f.eks. i nærvær av et sterkt basisk middel, ved for-høyet temperatur, f.eks. ved ca. 50°C til ca. 120°C. Derved anvender man spesielt et laverealkanol, f.eks. n-butanol eller etanol, og som sterk base et alkalimetall-, f.eks. natrium- eller kalium-laverealkanolat, f.eks. -n-butylat eller -etylat eller et alkalimetall-hydroksyd, f.eks. natrium- eller kaliumhydroksyd. The cleavage of an amino protecting group R2' and/or R2' used acyl residue takes place in a manner known per se, e.g. by solvolysis, primarily by means of alcoholysis, further by. by means of hydrolysis. The alcohololytic cleavage of an acyl residue R2<1> and/or R^' can take place e.g. in the presence of a strong basic agent, at too high a temperature, e.g. at approx. 50°C to approx. 120°C. Thereby, a lower alkanol in particular is used, e.g. n-butanol or ethanol, and as a strong base an alkali metal, e.g. sodium or potassium lavereal alkanolate, e.g. -n-butylate or -ethylate or an alkali metal hydroxide, e.g. sodium or potassium hydroxide.
Aminobeskyttelsesgrupper 1 og 1/ eksempelvis laverealkoksykarbonylgrupper som tert.-butyloksykarbonyl, lar seg spesielt skånsomt avspalte acidolytisk, f.eks. Amino-protecting groups 1 and 1/, for example lower alkoxycarbonyl groups such as tert.-butyloxycarbonyl, can be cleaved particularly gently acidolytically, e.g.
ved behandling med trifluoreddiksyre.by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid.
En ytterligere, særskilt skånsom avspaltbar aminobeskyttelsesgruppe er en etoksykarbonylgruppe som i stilling bærer en med tre hydrokarbonrester substituert silylgruppe som trifenylsilyl-, dimetyl-butyl^silyl- eller foretrukket trimetylsilylgruppe. En slik 3-(trimetylsilyl)-etoksykarbonylgruppe danner med den aminogruppe som skal beskyttes, en tilsvarende 3-trimetylsilyl-etoksy-karbonyl-aminogruppe hvilke lar seg avspalte under milde betingelser under innvirkning av fluoridioner. Som fluoridione-avgivende reagenser kommer eksempelvis fluorider av kvaternære organiske baser, som tetraetylammoniumfluorid, i betraktning. A further, particularly mild cleavable amino protecting group is an ethoxycarbonyl group which in position carries a silyl group substituted with three hydrocarbon residues such as triphenylsilyl, dimethyl-butylsilyl or preferably trimethylsilyl. Such a 3-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxycarbonyl group forms with the amino group to be protected, a corresponding 3-trimethylsilyl-ethoxy-carbonyl-amino group which can be cleaved under mild conditions under the influence of fluoride ions. As fluoride ion-releasing reagents, for example, fluorides of quaternary organic bases, such as tetraethylammonium fluoride, come into consideration.
Det er derved å beakte at som aminobeskyttelsesgruppe R^<1>og/eller R^' kommer kun slike i betraktning som selektivt er avspaltbareunder opprettholdelse av strukturen til forbindelsene med den generelle formel I. It is therefore to be taken into account that as amino protecting group R^<1>and/or R^' only those which are selectively cleavable while maintaining the structure of the compounds of the general formula I are taken into consideration.
Utgangsstoffene er kjente, eller dersom de er nye, lar de seg fremstille etter i og for seg kjente metoder. Hvor det har vist seg hensiktsmessig er de anvendte utgangs-produkter allerede blitt beskrevet, i tilknytning til den beskrevne fremgangsmåte. The starting materials are known, or if they are new, they can be prepared according to known methods. Where it has proven appropriate, the starting products used have already been described, in connection with the described method.
Forbindelser med den generelle formel Ila, i hvilken X2 betyr en lavere alkyltiogruppe, lar seg fremstille eksempelvis av tilsvarende tiourinstoffer med den generelle formel X idet man omsetter dette med et av de ovenfor angitte alkyl-eri- ngsmidler med formelen R x R , i hvilken R bety Jr en laverealkyl-, eksempelvis metyl- eller etylgruppe og Z betyr eksempelvis en p-toluensulfonat-, metansulfonat-, fluorsulfonat- eller en laverealkylsulfat-, som f.eks. metylsulfatgruppe, fortrinnsvis halogen, som f.eks. klor eller brom. Compounds with the general formula IIa, in which X2 denotes a lower alkylthio group, can be prepared, for example, from corresponding thioureas with the general formula X by reacting this with one of the above-mentioned alkylating agents with the formula R x R , in which R means Jr a lower alkyl, for example methyl or ethyl group and Z means, for example, a p-toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, fluorosulfonate or a lower alkyl sulfate, which e.g. methyl sulfate group, preferably halogen, such as e.g. chlorine or bromine.
Omsetningen utføres i et av de allerede ovenfor definerte organiske oppløsningsmidler. Fortrinnsvis anvender man som oppløsningsmiddel en eter, som f.eks. dietyleter, tetrahydrofuran eller dioksan, et keton som f.eks. aceton eller 2-butanon, et halogenert, alifatisk hydrokarbon som f.eks. kloroform eller metylenklorid eller et laverealkanol, som f.eks. metanol eller etanol. Særskilt egnet er et ålkyl-halogenid i metanol henhv. etanol. Generelt anvendes alkyl-eringsmiddelet i minst ekvimolar mengde. Alkyleringen kan gjennomføres eventuelt ved værelsetemperatur eller ved høyere temperaturer og om nødvendig i et lukket reaksjonskar. The reaction is carried out in one of the organic solvents already defined above. Preferably an ether is used as solvent, such as e.g. diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, a ketone such as acetone or 2-butanone, a halogenated, aliphatic hydrocarbon such as e.g. chloroform or methylene chloride or a lower alkanol, such as e.g. methanol or ethanol. Particularly suitable is an alkyl halide in methanol or ethanol. In general, the alkylating agent is used in at least an equimolar amount. The alkylation can optionally be carried out at room temperature or at higher temperatures and, if necessary, in a closed reaction vessel.
Forbindelser med den generelle formel IX lar seg videre fremstille av de allerede omtalte ,og kjente iminoforbindelser med formel III Compounds with the general formula IX can further be prepared from the already mentioned and known imino compounds with formula III
ved omsetning med et eventuelt substituert fenylisotiocyanat med formel Ph - NCS i.et allerede ovenfor definert inert, by reaction with an optionally substituted phenyl isothiocyanate with the formula Ph - NCS in an inert already defined above,
organisk oppløsningsmiddel, fortrinnsvis i benzen, metylenklorid eller kloroform, ved temperaturer fra 0°C til værelsetemperatur i løpet av 2-24 timer i omtrent ekvimolare mengder. organic solvent, preferably in benzene, methylene chloride or chloroform, at temperatures from 0°C to room temperature within 2-24 hours in approximately equimolar amounts.
Forbindelser med formel Ilb, i hvilken X^som avspaltbar gruppe betyr halogen, fortrinnsvis klor, erholdes etter den av E. Kiihle, Angew. Chem. , Intern. Ed., bind 8 Compounds of formula IIb, in which X^ as leaving group means halogen, preferably chlorine, are obtained according to that of E. Kiihle, Angew. Chem. , Intern. Ed., Volume 8
(1969), sider 24-26, beskrevne metode, idet man omsetter (1969), pages 24-26, described method, as one converts
et isocyaniddihalogenid med formel XIan isocyanide dihalogenide of formula XI
med et amin med formel HNR^R2i nærvær av et trialkylamin, som f.eks. trietylamin, i et inert, aprotisk, vannfritt oppløsningsmiddel. Forbindelser med formel X kan også fore-ligge som immoniumklorider. Som oppløsningsmiddel anvender man f.eks. en eter, eksempelvis dietyleter, dioksan eller tetrahydrofuran, et halogenert, alifatisk hydrokarbon, som f.eks. kloroform eller metylenklorid, eller et aromatisk hydrokarbon, som f.eks. benzen, toluen eller xylen. Forbindelser med den generelle formel X er kjente og lar seg fremstille på analog måte som beskrevet i Angew. Chem., Intern. Ed. bind 6 (1967), side 649. with an amine of the formula HNR^R2 in the presence of a trialkylamine, such as e.g. triethylamine, in an inert, aprotic, anhydrous solvent. Compounds of formula X can also be present as immonium chlorides. As a solvent, e.g. an ether, for example diethyl ether, dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, a halogenated, aliphatic hydrocarbon, such as e.g. chloroform or methylene chloride, or an aromatic hydrocarbon, such as benzene, toluene or xylene. Compounds with the general formula X are known and can be prepared in an analogous manner as described in Angew. Chem., Intern. Oath. volume 6 (1967), page 649.
Forbindelser med den generelle formel Ilb, i hvilken den avspaltbare gruppe X^eksempelvis betyr halogen, lar seg lett omdanne på kjent måte i forbindelser med formel Ilb, i hvilken X^betyr en laverealkoksygruppe. Compounds of the general formula IIb, in which the cleavable group X^ means, for example, halogen, can easily be converted in a known manner into compounds of formula IIb, in which X^ means a lower alkoxy group.
Utgangsforbindelser med den generelle formel lic,Output compounds with the general formula lic,
i hvilken som avspaltbar gruppe X^betyr halogen., fortrinnsvis klor, lar seg fremstille ved omsetning av et immonium-klorid med formel in which the cleavable group X^ means halogen, preferably chlorine, can be prepared by reacting an immonium chloride with the formula
med en iminoforbindelse med formel III with an imino compound of formula III
ifølge den av R.G. Glushkow, Khim.-Farmasevt. Zh. 12, No. 6, 59-64/1978 beskrevne metode. according to that of R.G. Glushkow, Khim.-Pharmasevt. Zh. 12, No. 6, 59-64/1978 described method.
Omsetningen skjer på analog måte som ovenfor beskrevet ved omsetningen av en forbindelse med formel X. The conversion takes place in an analogous manner to that described above for the conversion of a compound of formula X.
Utgangsforbindelser med den generelle formel VI,Output compounds of the general formula VI,
i hvilken eksempelvis betyr en okso- eller tioksogruppe og R^ er forskjellig fra hydrogen, lar seg fremstille ved omsetning av en guanidinforbindelse med formel IV in which, for example, means an oxo or thioxo group and R^ is different from hydrogen, can be prepared by reacting a guanidine compound of formula IV
med et laverealkylisotiocyanat eller -isocyanat. Omsetningen skjer i et organisk oppløsningsmiddel, fortrinnsvis i en eter, som f.eks. dietyleter, diisopropyleter, tetrahydrofuran eller dioksan, et karbonsyrederivat som f.eks. acetonitril, ved en temperatur som ligger mellom 0°C og kokepunktet til oppløsningsmiddelet, fortrinnsvis ved 20°C til 100°C. with a lower alkyl isothiocyanate or isocyanate. The reaction takes place in an organic solvent, preferably in an ether, such as e.g. diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, a carboxylic acid derivative such as e.g. acetonitrile, at a temperature between 0°C and the boiling point of the solvent, preferably at 20°C to 100°C.
Forbindelser med.den generelle formel VI, i hvilken eksempelvis Y^ betyr en tioksogruppe og R^ er hydrogen, lar seg fremstille ifølge den av H. Hartmann et al., J. Prakt. Chem. 315 (1973), side-144, beskrevne fremgangsmåte. Guanidinforbindelser med den generelle formel IV omsettes med et laverealkoksykarbonylisotiocyanat til en forbindelse med formel XII som omdannes ved hydrolyse med en mineralsyre, fortrinnsvis saltsyre til en forbindelse med formel VI. Compounds with the general formula VI, in which, for example, Y^ means a thioxo group and R^ is hydrogen, can be prepared according to that of H. Hartmann et al., J. Prakt. Chem. 315 (1973), page-144, described method. Guanidine compounds of the general formula IV are reacted with a lower alkoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate to a compound of formula XII which is converted by hydrolysis with a mineral acid, preferably hydrochloric acid, to a compound of formula VI.
Forbindelser med den generelle formel IX lar seg fremstille etter en av de ovenfor beskrevne første tre fremgangsmåter for fremstilling av forbindelser med den generelle formel I, hvorved dog i de anvendte utgangs-produkter betyr R2og/eller R^ en acylrest. Disse som aminobeskyttelsesgrupper anvendte acylrester er som ovenfor definert. Compounds with the general formula IX can be prepared according to one of the above-described first three methods for preparing compounds with the general formula I, whereby, however, in the starting products used, R 2 and/or R 1 means an acyl residue. These acyl residues used as amino protecting groups are defined as above.
De beskrevne fremgangsmåter kan utføres på vanlig måte ved værelsetemperatur, under kjøling eller oppvarming, ved normalt trykk eller forhøyet trykk og dersom nødvendig i nærvær eller fravær av et fortynningsmiddel, katalysatorer eller kondensasjonsmidler. Dersom nødvendig kan omsetningene også skje i atmosfæren av en inert gass, f.eks. nitrogen. The described methods can be carried out in the usual way at room temperature, during cooling or heating, at normal pressure or elevated pressure and if necessary in the presence or absence of a diluent, catalysts or condensation agents. If necessary, the reactions can also take place in the atmosphere of an inert gas, e.g. nitrogen.
I erholdte forbindelser kan.man i rammen av defini-sjonen av sluttproduktene innføre, omdanne eller avspalte substituenter. In the compounds obtained, substituents can be introduced, converted or split off within the framework of the definition of the end products.
De nye utgangsstoffer og fremgangsmåte for deres fremstilling er likeledes en gjenstand for foreliggende oppfinnelse. The new starting materials and method for their production are likewise an object of the present invention.
Alt etter fremgangsmåtebetingelsene og utgangsstoffene erholder man sluttproduktene i fri form eller i likeledes av oppfinnelsen omfattende form av deres salter, spesielt syreaddisjonssalter. Syreaddisjonssaltene til de hye forbindelsene kan overføres på i og for seg kjent måte i de frie forbindelser, f.eks. med basiske midler som alkalier eller ioneutbyttere. På den annen side kan de erholdte frie baser med organiske eller uorganiske syrer danne salter.. For fremstilling av syreaddis jonssalter Depending on the process conditions and the starting materials, the end products are obtained in free form or in the form of their salts, especially acid addition salts, which are likewise covered by the invention. The acid addition salts of the high compounds can be transferred in a manner known per se into the free compounds, e.g. with basic agents such as alkalis or ion exchangers. On the other hand, the free bases obtained with organic or inorganic acids can form salts.. For the preparation of acid addition ion salts
anvendes spesielt slike syrer som er egnet for dannelsein particular such acids are used which are suitable for formation
av terapeutisk anvendbare salter. Som slike syrer skal eksempelvis nevnes: Halogenhydrogensyre, svovelsyrer, fosforsyrer, salpetersyre, pérklorsyre, alifatiske, alicykliske, aromatiske eller heterocykliske karbon- eller sulfonsyrer som maur-, eddik-, propion-, rav-, glykol-, melk-, eple-, vin-, sitron-, ascorbin-, malein-, hydroksy-malein- eller brenzdruesyre; fenyleddik-, benzo-, p-amino-benzo-, antranil-, p-hydroksybenzo-, salicyl- eller p-amino-salicylsyre, embonsyre, metansulfon-, etahsulfon-, hydroksy-etansulfon-, etylensulfonsyre; halogenbenzensulfon-, toluen-sulfon-, naftalinsulfonsyre eller sulfanilsyre; metionin, of therapeutically useful salts. Examples of such acids should be mentioned: Hydrohalic acid, sulfuric acids, phosphoric acids, nitric acid, perchloric acid, aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic or heterocyclic carbonic or sulphonic acids such as formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, maleic, hydroxy-maleic or benzoic acid; phenylacetic, benzo-, p-amino-benzo-, anthranilic-, p-hydroxybenzo-, salicylic- or p-amino-salicylic acid, embonic acid, methanesulfonic, etahsulfonic, hydroxyethanesulfonic, ethylenesulfonic acid; halobenzenesulfonic, toluenesulfonic, naphthalene sulfonic or sulfanilic acid; methionine,
tryptofan, lysin eller arginin.tryptophan, lysine or arginine.
Disse eller andre salter til de nye forbindelsene, som f.eks. pikratene, kan også tjene for rensning av de erholdte frie baser, idet man overfører de frie baser i salter, fraskiller disse og igjen frigjør basene fra saltene. På grunn av den nære tilknytning mellom de nye forbindelser i fri form og i form av deres salter skal ovenfor og etter-følgende med de frie forbindelser forstands- og hensiktsmessig også forstås eventuelt de tilsvarende salter. These or other salts of the new compounds, such as e.g. the picrates, can also serve to purify the free bases obtained, as one transfers the free bases into salts, separates these and again frees the bases from the salts. Due to the close connection between the new compounds in free form and in the form of their salts, above and below the free compounds should logically and expediently also mean the corresponding salts.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører også slike utførelsesformerThe invention also relates to such embodiments
av en fremgangsmåte ved hvilke man avbryter en fremgangsmåte på hvilket som helst trinn eller ved hvilke man utgår fra en erholdelig forbindelse som mellomprodukt på hvilket som helst trinn og gjennomfører manglende trinn eller danner et utgangsstoff under reaksjonsbetingelser eller eventuelt anvender en utgangsforbindelse i form av et salt. Oppfinnelsen omfatter også derav resulterende nye mellomprodukter. of a process in which one interrupts a process at any step or in which one starts from an obtainable compound as an intermediate at any step and carries out a missing step or forms a starting substance under reaction conditions or optionally uses a starting compound in the form of a salt . The invention also includes resulting new intermediates.
Av oppfinnelsen likeledes omfattet er terapeutiske stoffsammensetninger som består av en hypoglykemisk virksom andel av forbindelsen med den generelle formel I eller et syreaddisjonssalt og et farmakologisk tålbart, fast bærestoff eller flytende fortynningsmidler. Also covered by the invention are therapeutic drug compositions which consist of a hypoglycemic active portion of the compound of the general formula I or an acid addition salt and a pharmacologically tolerable solid carrier or liquid diluents.
De farmasøytiske preparater i henhold til oppfinnelsen inneholder minst en forbindelse med den generelle formel I eller et salt derav som virkestoff sammen med et vanlig farmasøytisk bærestoff. Arten av bærestoffet retter seg vidtgående etter anvendingsområdet. De farmasøytiske stoffsammensetninger i henhold til oppfinnelsen som inneholder som virkestoff forbindelser med formel I, kan administreres oralt, parenteralt eller rektalt. The pharmaceutical preparations according to the invention contain at least one compound of the general formula I or a salt thereof as active ingredient together with a common pharmaceutical carrier. The nature of the carrier largely depends on the area of application. The pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention which contain as active ingredient compounds of formula I can be administered orally, parenterally or rectally.
For oral behandling av hyperglykemi kommer i betraktning spesielt faste doseenhetsformer som tabletter, dragéer og kapsler som fortrinnsvis inneholder mellom 10 og 90% av et virkestoff med den generelle formel I eller et salt for å muliggjøre administreringen av daglige doser mellom 1,5 til 100 mg/kg til varmblodige vesener. For fremstilling av tabletter og dragékjerner kombinerer man forbindelsene med den generelle formel I med faste, pulver-formige bærestoffer som laktose, sakkarose, sorbit, maisstivelse, potetstivelse eller amylopektin, cellulosederivater eller gelatiner, fortrinnsvis under tilsetning av glidemidler som magnesium- eller kalsiumstearat eller polyetylenglykoler av egnet molekylær vekt. Dragékjerner overtrekker man i tilknytning dertil eksempelvis med konsentrerte sukkeroppløsninger som ytterligere kan inneholde f.eks. arabisk gummi, talkum og/eller titandioksyd, eller med et i lett-flyktige organiske oppløsningsmidler eller oppløsningsmiddelbland.inger oppløst lakk. Disse over-trekk kan tilsettes fargestoffer, f.eks. for karakteri-sering av forskjellige virkestoffdoser. Myke gelatinkapsler og andre lukkede kapsler består eksempelvis av en blanding av gelatin og glycerin og kan inneholde f.eks. blandinger . av en forbindelse med formel I med polyetylenglykol. Stikk-kapsler inneholder f.eks. granulatet av et virkestoff med faste, pulverformede bærestoffer som f.eks. laktose, sakkarose, sorbit, mannit; stivelser som potetstivelse, maisstivelse eller amylopektin, cellulosederivater og gelatiner samt magnesiumstearat eller stearinsyre. For the oral treatment of hyperglycemia, solid dosage unit forms such as tablets, dragées and capsules preferably contain between 10 and 90% of an active substance of the general formula I or a salt to enable the administration of daily doses between 1.5 and 100 mg are considered. /kg to warm-blooded beings. For the production of tablets and dragee cores, the compounds of the general formula I are combined with solid, powdered carriers such as lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, corn starch, potato starch or amylopectin, cellulose derivatives or gelatins, preferably with the addition of lubricants such as magnesium or calcium stearate or polyethylene glycols of suitable molecular weight. Dragon cores are coated in connection therewith, for example, with concentrated sugar solutions which may additionally contain e.g. Arabic gum, talc and/or titanium dioxide, or with a varnish dissolved in volatile organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyes can be added to these overcoats, e.g. for characterizing different active substance doses. Soft gelatin capsules and other closed capsules consist, for example, of a mixture of gelatin and glycerin and may contain e.g. mixtures. of a compound of formula I with polyethylene glycol. Stick capsules contain e.g. the granules of an active substance with solid, powdered carriers such as e.g. lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol; starches such as potato starch, corn starch or amylopectin, cellulose derivatives and gelatins as well as magnesium stearate or stearic acid.
Som doseenhetsformer for rektal anvendelse kommer f.eks. suppositorier i betraktning, hvilke består av en kombinasjon av et virkestoff med en suppositorie-grunnmasse på basis av naturlige eller syntetiske triglycerider As dosage unit forms for rectal use, e.g. suppositories in consideration, which consist of a combination of an active substance with a suppository matrix based on natural or synthetic triglycerides
(f.eks. kakaosmør), polyetylenglykoler eller egnede høyere fettalkoholer, og gelatin-rektalkapsler, hvilke inneholder en kombinasjon av virkestoffet med polyetylenglykoler. (e.g. cocoa butter), polyethylene glycols or suitable higher fatty alcohols, and gelatin rectal capsules, which contain a combination of the active ingredient with polyethylene glycols.
Ampulleoppløsning for parenteral, spesielt intra-muskulær eller intravenøs administrering inneholder en forbindelse med formel I eller et salt derav i en konsentrasjon av fortrinnsvis 0,5 til 5% som vandig, med hjelp av vanlige oppløsningsformidlere og/eller emulgeringsmidler, samt eventuelt av stabiliseringsmidler beredt dispersjon, eller fortrinnsvis en vandig oppløsning av et farmasøytisk tålbart, vannoppløselig syreaddisjonssalt av en forbindelse med den generelle formel I. Ampoule solution for parenteral, especially intramuscular or intravenous administration contains a compound of formula I or a salt thereof in a concentration of preferably 0.5 to 5% as aqueous, with the help of usual solubilizers and/or emulsifiers, as well as possibly of stabilizers prepared dispersion, or preferably an aqueous solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable, water-soluble acid addition salt of a compound of the general formula I.
For væske for oralt inntak, som siruper og eliksirer, blir konsentrasjon av virkestoffet valgt slik at en enhets-dose lett kan avmåles, f.eks. som innhold av en teskje eller en måleskje av f.eks. 5 ml eller også et flertall av disse volumina. For liquids for oral intake, such as syrups and elixirs, the concentration of the active ingredient is chosen so that a unit dose can be easily measured, e.g. as the contents of a teaspoon or a measuring spoon of e.g. 5 ml or a majority of these volumes.
De etterfølgende eksempler a) til e) skal illustrere fremstillingen av noen typiske applikasjonsformer, men angir på ingen måte de eneste utførelsesformer av slike. a) 250,0 g virkestoff blir blandet med 550,0 g laktose og 292,0 g potetstivelse, blandingen blir fuktet med en alkoholisk oppløsning av 8 g gelatin og granulert gjennom en sikt. Etter tørkingen blander man 60,0 g talkum, 10,0 g magnesiumstearat og 20,0 g kolloidalt silisiumdioksyd og presser blandingen til 10 000 tabletter med hver en vekt på 125 mg og 25 mg virkestoffinnhold, som om ønskelig kan være forsynt med delspalter for finere tilpasning av doseringen. The following examples a) to e) shall illustrate the production of some typical forms of application, but in no way indicate the only embodiments of such. a) 250.0 g of active substance is mixed with 550.0 g of lactose and 292.0 g of potato starch, the mixture is moistened with an alcoholic solution of 8 g of gelatin and granulated through a sieve. After drying, 60.0 g of talc, 10.0 g of magnesium stearate and 20.0 g of colloidal silicon dioxide are mixed and the mixture is pressed into 10,000 tablets, each weighing 125 mg and containing 25 mg of active ingredient, which, if desired, can be provided with partial slits for finer adjustment of the dosage.
b) Av 100,0 g virkestoff, 379,0 g laktose og den alkoholiske oppløsning av 6,0 g gelatiner fremstiller man b) From 100.0 g of active ingredient, 379.0 g of lactose and the alcoholic solution of 6.0 g of gelatins, one prepares
et granulat som man etter tørkingen blander med 10,0 g kolloidalt silisiumdioksyd, 40,0 g talkum, 60,0 g potetstivelse og 5,0 g magnesiumstearat og presser til 10 000 dragékjerner. Disse blir deretter overtrukket med en konsentrert sirup av 533,5 g krist, sakkarose, 20,0 g skjellakk, 75,0 g arabisk gummi, 250,0 g talkum, 20,0 g kolloidalt a granule which, after drying, is mixed with 10.0 g of colloidal silicon dioxide, 40.0 g of talc, 60.0 g of potato starch and 5.0 g of magnesium stearate and pressed into 10,000 dragon kernels. These are then coated with a concentrated syrup of 533.5 g crystal, sucrose, 20.0 g shellac, 75.0 g gum arabic, 250.0 g talc, 20.0 g colloidal
silisiumdioksyd og 1,5 g fargestoff og tørket. De erholdte dragéer veier hver 150 mg og inneholder hver 10 mg virkestoff. c) 25,0 g virkestoff og 1975 g fin revet supposi-toriegrunnmasse (f.eks. kakaosmør) blir grundig blandet og deretter smeltet. Av den ved omrøring homogen holdte smelte blir støpt 1000 suppositorier av 2,0 g. De inneholder hver 25 mg virkestoff. d) For tilberedning av en sirup med 0,25% virkestoff innhold løser man i 3 liter dest. vann 1,5 liter glycerin, 42 g p-hydroksybenzosyremetylester, 18 g p-hydroksy-benzosyre-n-propylester og under lett oppvarmning 25,0 g virkestoff, tilsetter 4 liter 70%-ig sorbitoppløsning, 1000 g krist, sakkarose, 350 g glukose og et aromastoff, f.eks.. 250 g "Orange Peel Soluble Fluid" fra Eli Lilly and Co., Indianapolis, eller hver 5 g naturlig sitronaroma og 5 g "Halb und Halb"-essens, begge fra firmaet Haarmann und Reimer, Holzminden, Tyskland, filtrerer den erholdte oppløs-ning og supplerer filtratet med dest. vann til 10 liter. e) For tilberedning av en dråpe-oppløsning med .1,5% virkestoffinnhold oppløser man 150,0 g virkestoff og 30 g natriumcyklamat i en blanding av 4 liter etanol (96%) og 1 liter propylenglykol. På den annen side blander man 3,5 liter 70%-ig sorbitoppløsning med 1 liter vann og tilsetter blandingen til den ovenfor angitte virkestoffopp-løsning. Herpå tilsettes et aromastoff, f.eks. 5 g hals-tablettaroma eller 30 g grapef rukt-essens, begge fra firma,et Haarmann und Reimer, Holzminden, Tyskland, det hele godt blandet, filtrert og supplert med dest. vann til 10 liter. silicon dioxide and 1.5 g of dye and dried. The resulting dragées each weigh 150 mg and each contain 10 mg of active ingredient. c) 25.0 g of active substance and 1975 g of finely grated suppository base mass (e.g. cocoa butter) are thoroughly mixed and then melted. 1,000 suppositories of 2.0 g are cast from the melt, which is kept homogeneous by stirring. They each contain 25 mg of active ingredient. d) To prepare a syrup with 0.25% active ingredient content, dissolve in 3 liters of dist. water 1.5 liters glycerin, 42 g p-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester, 18 g p-hydroxy-benzoic acid n-propyl ester and, under slight heating, 25.0 g active ingredient, add 4 liters 70% sorbitol solution, 1000 g crystals, sucrose, 350 g of glucose and a flavoring agent, e.g. 250 g of "Orange Peel Soluble Fluid" from Eli Lilly and Co., Indianapolis, or each 5 g of natural lemon flavor and 5 g of "Halb und Halb" essence, both from the firm of Haarmann und Reimer, Holzminden, Germany, filters the solution obtained and supplements the filtrate with dist. water to 10 litres. e) To prepare a drop solution with .1.5% active substance content, dissolve 150.0 g of active substance and 30 g of sodium cyclamate in a mixture of 4 liters of ethanol (96%) and 1 liter of propylene glycol. On the other hand, you mix 3.5 liters of a 70% sorbitol solution with 1 liter of water and add the mixture to the above-mentioned active substance solution. A flavoring substance is then added, e.g. 5 g of throat tablet aroma or 30 g of grape fragrance essence, both from the company, a Haarmann und Reimer, Holzminden, Germany, all well mixed, filtered and supplemented with dist. water to 10 litres.
De etterfølgende eksempler illustrerer fremstillingen av de nye forbindelser med den generelle formel I, mén skal ikke begrense omfanget av oppfinnelsen på noen måte. Temperaturene er' angitt i °C. The following examples illustrate the preparation of the new compounds of the general formula I, but should not limit the scope of the invention in any way. The temperatures are indicated in °C.
<Eksempel>_<1>_<Example>_<1>_
Til en ved 5° kjølt oppløsning av 24,2 g (0,1 mol) 2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksazoTidinimin-hydrojodid {jfr. Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr. 1 974,. 1651-1655} i 120 ml acetonitril tilsetter man dråpevis under omrøring 21,25 g (0,21 mol) trietylamin. Under videre avkjøling tilsetter man porsjonsvis 22,47 g (0,1 mol) N-fenyl-4-morfolinkarboksimidoylklorid (jfr. Chem. Ber. 105, 1 532-1539 (1 972)), hvorved reaksjonstempera-turen holdes ved 5-10°. Etter sluttført tilsetning omrører man ytterligere i time ved 10° og 1 time ved værelsetemperatur. Reaksjonsblandingen filtreres, filterresiduet etter-vaskes med lite acetonitril og filtratet inndampes under vakuum. Man tilsetter til residuet 2-n natronlut og ekstra-herer flere ganger med kloroform. De forenede med vann nøytral vaskede kloroformfaser inndampes etter tørking over natriumsulfat, hvorved man erholder rått N-(2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksazolidinyliden)-N'-fenyl-4-morfolinkarboksimidamid. Det ved omsetning med fumarsyre fremstilte fumarat smelter etter omkrystallisering av etanol/etylacetat ved 192-193°. To a solution cooled at 5° of 24.2 g (0.1 mol) of 2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxazoTidinimine hydroiodide {cf. Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr. 1 974,. 1651-1655} in 120 ml of acetonitrile, 21.25 g (0.21 mol) of triethylamine are added dropwise while stirring. During further cooling, 22.47 g (0.1 mol) of N-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidoyl chloride (cf. Chem. Ber. 105, 1 532-1539 (1 972)) are added in portions, whereby the reaction temperature is kept at 5- 10°. After the addition has been completed, the mixture is stirred for a further hour at 10° and 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture is filtered, the filter residue is washed with a little acetonitrile and the filtrate is evaporated under vacuum. 2-n caustic soda is added to the residue and extracted several times with chloroform. The neutrally washed chloroform phases combined with water are evaporated after drying over sodium sulfate, whereby crude N-(2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxazolidinylidene)-N'-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide is obtained. The fumarate produced by reaction with fumaric acid melts after recrystallization from ethanol/ethyl acetate at 192-193°.
Eksemp_el_2Example_el_2
Analogt til eksempel 1 erholder man, utgående fra 12,1 g (0,05 mol) 2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksazolidinimin-hydrojodid, 11,13 g (0,05 mol) N-fenyl-1-piperidin-karboksimid-oylklorid {jfr. Organmetal. Chem. Synt. 1_, 23-30 (1970-71 )}, 10,63 g (0,105 mol) trietylamin og 60 ml acetonitril rått N-(2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksazolidinyliden)-N'-fenyl-1-piperidin-karboksimidamid. Det derav med fumarsyre fremstilte fumarat smelter ved 171,5-173° etter omkrystallisering av isopropanol/etylacetat. Analogously to example 1, starting from 12.1 g (0.05 mol) of 2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxazolidinimine hydroiodide, 11.13 g (0.05 mol) of N-phenyl-1-piperidine carboximide is obtained -oyl chloride {cf. Organ metal. Chem. Pity. 1_, 23-30 (1970-71 )}, 10.63 g (0.105 mol) triethylamine and 60 ml acetonitrile crude N-(2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxazolidinylidene)-N'-phenyl-1-piperidine-carboximidamide . The fumarate produced therefrom with fumaric acid melts at 171.5-173° after recrystallization from isopropanol/ethyl acetate.
Eksemp_el_3Example_el_3
Analogt til eksempel 1 erholder man, utgående fra 11,4 g (0,05 mol) 2-metyl-3-isoksazolidinimin-hydrojodid {jfr. Bull. Soc. Chim.. Fr. 1974, 1651-1655}, 11,23 g (0,05 mol) N-fenyl-4-mOrfolin-karboksimidoylklorid, 10,63 g (0,105 mol) trietylamin og 60 ml acetonitril rått N-(2-metyl-3-isoksazolidinyliden)-N'-fenyl-4-morfolinkarboks-imidamid (smeltepunkt 80-88°, av petroleter). Det derav med fumarsyre fremstilte fumarat smelter ved 167-168° etter Analogously to example 1, one obtains, starting from 11.4 g (0.05 mol) of 2-methyl-3-isoxazolidinimine hydroiodide {cf. Bull. Soc. Chim.. Fr. 1974, 1651-1655}, 11.23 g (0.05 mol) N-phenyl-4-mOrpholine carboximidoyl chloride, 10.63 g (0.105 mol) triethylamine and 60 ml acetonitrile crude N-(2-methyl-3- the isoxazolidinylidene)-N'-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide (m.p. 80-88°, of petroleum ether). The fumarate produced therefrom with fumaric acid melts at 167-168° after
omkrystallisering av etanol/eter.recrystallization from ethanol/ether.
EksemjDél_4ExemjDél_4
Analogt til eksempel 1 erholder man, utgående fra 12,8 g (0,05 mol) 2,5,5-trimety1-3-isoksazolidinimin-hydrojodid (jfr. Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr. 1974, 1651-1655), 11,23 g (0,05 mol) N-fenyl-4-morfol.inkarboksimidoylklorid, 10,63 g (0,105 mol) trietylamin og 60 ml acetonitril rått N-(2,5,5-trimetyl-3-isoksazblidinyliden)-N'^fenyl-4-morfo-linkarboksimidamid. Det derav med fumarsyre fremstilte fumarat smelter ved 203-204° etter omkrystallisasjon av etanol/eter. Analogously to example 1, one obtains, starting from 12.8 g (0.05 mol) 2,5,5-trimethyl1-3-isoxazolidinimine hydroiodide (cf. Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr. 1974, 1651-1655), 11.23 g (0.05 mol) N-phenyl-4-morpholine carboximidoyl chloride, 10.63 g (0.105 mol) triethylamine and 60 ml acetonitrile crude N-(2,5,5-trimethyl-3-isoxazblidinylidene)- N'-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide. The fumarate produced therefrom with fumaric acid melts at 203-204° after recrystallization from ethanol/ether.
Eksempel_5Example_5
Til en løsning av 12,26 g (0,05 mol) N,N-tetra-metylen-N<1->fenyl-klorformamidiniumklorid (henholdsvis fenylimino-klorkarbonsyre-pyrrolidinylamid-hydroklorid) To a solution of 12.26 g (0.05 mol) N,N-tetra-methylene-N<1->phenyl-chloroformamidinium chloride (respectively, phenylimino-chlorocarbonic acid-pyrrolidinylamide hydrochloride)
{jfr. Chem. Ber. 97, 1232-1245 (1964)} og 12,1 g (0,05 mol) "2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksazolidinimin-hydrojodid i 50 ml acetonitril tilsetter man dråpevis under omrøring og kjølning 15,18 g (0,15 mol) trietylamin, hvorved reaksjonstempera-turen holdes ved 5-10°. Reaksjonsblandingen omrøres ytterligere 15 timer ved værelsetemperatur og filtreres deretter. Man inndamper filtratet i vakuum og filtrerer residuet med kloroform over kiselgel med kornstørrelse 0,063-0,200 mm. Fraksjonene som inneholder det ønskede produkt forenes og vaskes med iskold natronlut og vann. Man.tørker kloroform-fasen over natriumsulfat og inndamper i vakuum, hvorved man erholder rått N-(2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksazolidinyliden)-N<1->fenyl-1-pyrrolidinkarboksimidamid. Det derav med maleinsyre fremstilte maleat smelter ved 114-116° etter omkrystallisasjon av etylacetat/isopropanol.. {cf. Chem. Pray. 97, 1232-1245 (1964)} and 12.1 g (0.05 mol) of 2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxazolidinimine hydroiodide in 50 ml of acetonitrile are added dropwise while stirring and cooling 15.18 g (0. 15 mol) of triethylamine, whereby the reaction temperature is kept at 5-10°. The reaction mixture is stirred for a further 15 hours at room temperature and then filtered. The filtrate is evaporated in vacuo and the residue is filtered with chloroform over silica gel with a grain size of 0.063-0.200 mm. The fractions containing it The desired product is combined and washed with ice-cold caustic soda and water. The chloroform phase is dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo, whereby crude N-(2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxazolidinylidene)-N<1->phenyl-1 -pyrrolidinecarboximidamide. The maleate produced from it with maleic acid melts at 114-116° after recrystallization from ethyl acetate/isopropanol..
Éksemgel_6Eczema gel_6
a) Man tilsetter under omrøring 200 ml isopropanol med 19,5 g (0,05 mol) N-(1,3-dimetyl-2-imidazolidinyliden)- a) 200 ml isopropanol with 19.5 g (0.05 mol) N-(1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinylidene)-
N<1->fenyl-karbamidotiometylester-hydrojodid og 10,66 g (0,15 mol) pyrrolidin. Reaksjonsblandingen blir kokt 36 timer under tilbakeløp og deretter inndampet. Residuet fordeler man mellom kloroform og 1-n natronlut. Den vannvaskede og over natriumsulfat tørkede organiske fase blir inndampet, og residuet filtreres med en blanding kloroform/metanol/ kons.ammoniakk = 40:10:1 over kiselgel med kornstørrelse 0,063 - 0,200 mm. Fraksjonene som inneholder det ønskede produkt, inndamper man i vakuum. Det således erholdte rå N-(1,3-dimetyl-2-imidazolidinyliden)-N<1->fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamid overføres med maleinsyre i maleatet, hvilket smelter ved 126-127° etter omkrystallisasjon av etylacetat/- isopropanol. N<1->phenylcarbamidothiomethyl ester hydroiodide and 10.66 g (0.15 mol) pyrrolidine. The reaction mixture is boiled for 36 hours under reflux and then evaporated. The residue is divided between chloroform and 1-n caustic soda. The water-washed and sodium sulfate-dried organic phase is evaporated, and the residue is filtered with a mixture of chloroform/methanol/conc. ammonia = 40:10:1 over silica gel with a grain size of 0.063 - 0.200 mm. The fractions containing the desired product are evaporated in a vacuum. The thus obtained crude N-(1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinylidene)-N<1->phenyl-1-pyrrolidine-carboximidamide is transferred with maleic acid into the maleate, which melts at 126-127° after recrystallization from ethyl acetate/isopropanol .
Utgangsforbindelsen, N-(1,3-dimetyl-2-imidazol-idinyliden)-N'-fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodid, fremstilles som følgende: b) Til en oppløsning av 44,1 g (0,5 mol) N,N'-dimetyletylendiamin i 300 ml toluen dråper man under om-røring i løpet av 1 time en oppløsning av 52/9 g bromcyan 1 300 ml toluen. Reaksjonsblandingen omrøres ytterligere 2 timer ved 80°. Man lar avkjøle til værelsetemperatur, filtrerer og vasker residuet med eter. Det etter tørking under vakuum erholdte rå 1,3-dimetyl-2-imino-imidazolidin-hydrobromid smelter ved 153-160°. c) En suspensjon av 58,2 g (0,3 mol) 1,3-dimetyl-2-imino-imidazolidin-hydrobromid i 470 ml kloroform tilsettes under omrøring ved 5° 30,4 g (0,3 mol) trietylamin Man dråper deretter en oppløsning av 40,6 g (0,3 mol) fenylisotiocyanat i 235 ml kloroform og koker reaksjonsblandingen i 15 timer under tilbakeløp. Etter avkjølingen vaskes det med vann, tørkes over natriumsulfat og inndampes i vakuum. Man erholder rått N-(1,3-dimetyl-2-imidazolidin-yliden)-N<1->fenyl-tiourinstbff, som etter omkrystallisering av etanol smelter ved 195-196°. d) Til en suspensjon av 24,8 g (0,1 mol) N-(1,3-dimetyl-2-imidazolidinyliden)-N'-fenyl-tiourinstoff i The starting compound, N-(1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazol-idinylidene)-N'-phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide, is prepared as follows: b) To a solution of 44.1 g (0.5 mol) N,N -dimethylethylenediamine in 300 ml of toluene, a solution of 52/9 g of cyanogen bromide in 1,300 ml of toluene is added dropwise with stirring over the course of 1 hour. The reaction mixture is stirred for a further 2 hours at 80°. Allow to cool to room temperature, filter and wash the residue with ether. The crude 1,3-dimethyl-2-imino-imidazolidine hydrobromide obtained after drying under vacuum melts at 153-160°. c) A suspension of 58.2 g (0.3 mol) 1,3-dimethyl-2-imino-imidazolidine hydrobromide in 470 ml chloroform is added while stirring at 5° 30.4 g (0.3 mol) triethylamine Man then drops a solution of 40.6 g (0.3 mol) of phenyl isothiocyanate in 235 ml of chloroform and refluxes the reaction mixture for 15 hours. After cooling, it is washed with water, dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo. Crude N-(1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidin-ylidene)-N<1->phenyl-thiourinstbff is obtained, which after recrystallization from ethanol melts at 195-196°. d) To a suspension of 24.8 g (0.1 mol) N-(1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinylidene)-N'-phenyl-thiourea in
165 ml tetrahydrofuran tilsettes under omrøring dråpevis 165 ml of tetrahydrofuran are added dropwise while stirring
ved værelsetemperatur en oppløsning av 21,3 g (0,15 mol) metyljodid i 35 ml tetrahydrofuran. Man omrører 15 timer ved værelsetemperatur og tilsetter deretter reaksjonsblandingen med 160 ml eter. Bunnfallet avfUtreres, vaskes med eter og tørkes i vakuum. Det erholdte N-(1,3-dimetyl-2-imidazolidinyliden)-N<1->fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodid smelter ved 157-158°. at room temperature a solution of 21.3 g (0.15 mol) of methyl iodide in 35 ml of tetrahydrofuran. The mixture is stirred for 15 hours at room temperature and then 160 ml of ether is added to the reaction mixture. The precipitate is filtered off, washed with ether and dried in a vacuum. The obtained N-(1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinylidene)-N<1->phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide melts at 157-158°.
Eksempel_7Example_7
a) En oppløsning av 19,6 g N-{3-metyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N<1->fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodid og 10,6 g pyrrolidin i 150 ml isopropanol oppvarmes 15 timer under tilbakeløp. Deretter blir 'reaksjonsblandingen inndampet til tørrhet og residuet kromatografert over en kort, med kiselgel fylt kolonne. Man eluerer først med kloroform og deretter med en kloroform/aceton-blanding (95:5). De siste.fraksjoner blir forenet, omrørt med eter a) A solution of 19.6 g of N-{3-methyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N<1->phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide and 10.6 g of pyrrolidine in 150 ml isopropanol is heated for 15 hours under reflux. The reaction mixture is then evaporated to dryness and the residue chromatographed over a short column filled with silica gel. Elute first with chloroform and then with a chloroform/acetone mixture (95:5). The last fractions are combined, stirred with ether
og det således erholdte hydrojodid overføres ved hjelp av en ioneutbytter i hydrokloridet. Det erholdte N-{3-metyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N<1->fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karb-oksimidamid-hydroklorid smelter ved 217-218° (spaltning). and the hydroiodide thus obtained is transferred by means of an ion exchanger into the hydrochloride. The obtained N-{3-methyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N<1->phenyl-1-pyrrolidine-carb-oximidamide hydrochloride melts at 217-218° (decomposition ).
, Den som utgangsforbindelse anvendte N-{3-metyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N<1->fenylkarbamimido-tiometyl-ester-hydro jodid erholdes som følgende: , The N-{3-methyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N<1->phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl-ester-hydro iodide used as starting compound is obtained as follows:
b) En suspensjon av. 52,7 g 2-imino-3-metyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-hydrpjodid og 24,3 g kalium-tert.-butylat i 500 ml tetrahydrofuran omrøres 1 time ved værelsetemperatur. Deretter filtreres gjennom et skikt av diatome-jord. Til filtratet dråper man i løpet av 5 minutter 29,3 g fenylisotiocyanat og omrører 16 timer ved værelsetemperatur. Deretter inndampes reaksjonsblandingen til tørrhet, residuet omrøres med eter, avfiltreres og omrøres en gang til med varm isopropanol. Man erholder således N-{3-metyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N'-fenyltiourinstoffet, smeltepunkt 174-175°. c) En oppløsning av 25,5 g av den i b) erholdte forbindelse i 300 ml acetonitril tilsettes med 43,4 g metyl jodid. Oppløsningen oppvarmes 30 minutter under tilbakeløp. De ved avkjølingen utskilte krystaller blir avfiltrert, først vasket med acetonitril, deretter med eter og tørket. Det blir således erholdt N-{3-metyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N<1->fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodidet, smeltepunkt 190° (spaltning). b) A suspension of. 52.7 g of 2-imino-3-methyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazoline hydriodide and 24.3 g of potassium tert.-butylate in 500 ml of tetrahydrofuran are stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. It is then filtered through a layer of diatomaceous earth. 29.3 g of phenylisothiocyanate are added dropwise to the filtrate over 5 minutes and stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture is then evaporated to dryness, the residue is stirred with ether, filtered off and stirred once more with hot isopropanol. The N-{3-methyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N'-phenylthiourea is thus obtained, melting point 174-175°. c) A solution of 25.5 g of the compound obtained in b) in 300 ml of acetonitrile is added with 43.4 g of methyl iodide. The solution is heated for 30 minutes under reflux. The crystals separated during cooling are filtered off, first washed with acetonitrile, then with ether and dried. The N-{3-methyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N<1->phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide is thus obtained, melting point 190° (decomposition).
Eksemp_el_8Example_el_8
a) En oppløsning av 17,6 g 2-amino-5-metyl-1,3,4-tiadiazol i 350 ml isopropanol tilsettes med 65,1 g metyljodid. Oppløsningen blir oppvarmet 15 timer under tilbake-løp. Deretter blir reaksjonsblandingen inndampet til tørr-het, det krystalline inndampnings.residuum anrøres med eddikester,og oppløsningsmiddelet avfiltreres. Det krystalline residuum blir først vasket med eddikester, deretter med eter og i tilknytning dertil tørket. Man erholder således 2-imino-3,5^dimetyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-hydrojodid med smeltepunkt 208° (spaltning). a) A solution of 17.6 g of 2-amino-5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazole in 350 ml of isopropanol is added with 65.1 g of methyl iodide. The solution is heated for 15 hours under reflux. The reaction mixture is then evaporated to dryness, the crystalline evaporation residue is stirred with acetic acid, and the solvent is filtered off. The crystalline residue is first washed with vinegar, then with ether and subsequently dried. Thus, 2-imino-3,5-dimethyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazoline hydroiodide with a melting point of 208° (decomposition) is obtained.
Analogt kan følgende salter til 2-iminoforbindelser fremstilles: b) 2-imino-3-metyl-5-etyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-hydrojodid, smeltepunkt 137-138° (spaltning). c) 2-imino-3-metyl-5-trifluormetyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-hydrojodid, smeltepunkt 187-188° (spaltning). d) 2-imino-3-metyl-5-metylmerkapto-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-hydrojodid, smeltepunkt 205-206°. e) 2-imino-3-metyl-4-fenyl-4-tiazolin-hydrojodid, smeltepunkt 235° (spaltning). f) 2-imino-3,5-dimetyl-4-tiazolin-hydrojodid, smeltepunkt 187-188°. g) 2-imino-1,3-dimetyl-4-imidazolin-hydrojodid, smeltepunkt 126-127°. h) 2-imino-3-metyl-4-oksazolin-hydrojodid, smeltepunkt 191-192° . (spaltning). Analogously, the following salts of 2-imino compounds can be prepared: b) 2-imino-3-methyl-5-ethyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazoline hydroiodide, melting point 137-138° (decomposition). c) 2-imino-3-methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazoline hydroiodide, melting point 187-188° (decomposition). d) 2-imino-3-methyl-5-methylmercapto-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazoline hydroiodide, melting point 205-206°. e) 2-imino-3-methyl-4-phenyl-4-thiazoline hydroiodide, melting point 235° (decomposition). f) 2-imino-3,5-dimethyl-4-thiazoline hydroiodide, melting point 187-188°. g) 2-imino-1,3-dimethyl-4-imidazoline hydroiodide, melting point 126-127°. h) 2-imino-3-methyl-4-oxazoline hydroiodide, melting point 191-192°. (fission).
i) 2-imino-3,4,5-trimetyl-4-oksazolin-hydrojodid, smeltepunkt 169-171°. i) 2-imino-3,4,5-trimethyl-4-oxazoline hydroiodide, melting point 169-171°.
j) 2-imino-3,5-dimetyl-4-(1,3,4)-oksadiazolin- j) 2-imino-3,5-dimethyl-4-(1,3,4)-oxadiazoline-
hydrojodid, smeltepunkt 169° (spaltning).hydroiodide, melting point 169° (decomposition).
Eksemp_el_9Example_el_9
Ifølge eksempel 7 b), dog under anvendelse av en ekvivalent mengde av den i eksempel 8 erholdte 2-iminoforbindelse, blir ved omsetning med en ekvivalent mengde fenylisotiocyanat erholdt følgende tiourinstoffer: a) N-{3,5-dimetyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N<1->fenyltiourinstoff , smeltepunkt 175-176°. b) N-{3-metyl-5-etyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N'-fenyltiourinstoff, smeltepunkt 135-136°. c) N-{3-metyl-5-metylmerkapto-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N'-fenyltiourinstoff, smeltepunkt 160-161°. d) N- (3-metyl-4-tiazolin-2-yliden) -rN '-f enyltiourin-stof f, smeltepunkt 174-175°. e) N-(3-metyl-4-fenyl-4-tiazplin-2-yliden)-N<1->fenyltiourinstoff, smeltepunkt 183-184°. f) N-(3,5-dimetyl-4-tiazolin-2-yliden)-N<1->fenyl-tiourinstof f , smeltepunkt 185-186°. g) N-(1,3-dimetyl-4-imidazolin-2-yliden)-N<1->fenyltiourinstoff, smeltepunkt 221-222°. h) N-(3-metyl-4-oksazolin-2-yliden)-N<1->fenyltiourinstoff, smeltepunkt 169-170°. According to example 7 b), however, using an equivalent amount of the 2-imino compound obtained in example 8, the following thioureas are obtained by reaction with an equivalent amount of phenylisothiocyanate: a) N-{3,5-dimethyl-4-(1 ,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N<1->phenylthiourea, melting point 175-176°. b) N-{3-methyl-5-ethyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N'-phenylthiourea, melting point 135-136°. c) N-{3-methyl-5-methylmercapto-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N'-phenylthiourea, melting point 160-161°. d) N-(3-methyl-4-thiazolin-2-ylidene)-rN'-phenylthiourine substance f, melting point 174-175°. e) N-(3-methyl-4-phenyl-4-thiazplin-2-ylidene)-N<1->phenylthiourea, melting point 183-184°. f) N-(3,5-dimethyl-4-thiazolin-2-ylidene)-N<1->phenyl-thiourea f , melting point 185-186°. g) N-(1,3-dimethyl-4-imidazolin-2-ylidene)-N<1->phenylthiourea, melting point 221-222°. h) N-(3-methyl-4-oxazolin-2-ylidene)-N<1->phenylthiourea, melting point 169-170°.
i) N-(3,4,5-trimetyl-4-oksazolin-2-yliden)-N1 - fenyltiourinstoff, smeltepunkt 192-192,5°. i) N-(3,4,5-trimethyl-4-oxazolin-2-ylidene)-N1 - phenylthiourea, melting point 192-192.5°.
På analog måte fremstilles av:Analogously produced by:
j) 2-imino-3-allyl-4-tiazolin-hydrojodid og fenyl-isocyanat N-(3-allyl-4-tiazolin-2-yliden)—N'-fenyltiourin-stof fet, smeltepunkt 129,5-130,5° og j) 2-imino-3-allyl-4-thiazoline hydroiodide and phenyl isocyanate N-(3-allyl-4-thiazolin-2-ylidene)—N'-phenylthiourine substance fatty, melting point 129.5-130, 5° and
k) 2-imino-3-metyl-tiazolidin-hydrojodid og fenyl-isocyanat N-(3-metyl-tiazolidin-2-yliden)-N<1->fenyltiourin-stof f et, smeltepunkt 170-172°. k) 2-imino-3-methyl-thiazolidine hydroiodide and phenyl isocyanate N-(3-methyl-thiazolidin-2-ylidene)-N<1->phenylthiourine substance f et, melting point 170-172°.
Eksemp_el_1_0Example_el_1_0
Ifølge eksempel 7 c), dog under anvendelse av ovenfor i eksempel 9 angitte tiourinstoffer i aktuelle spesi- fikke oppløsningsmidler, erholder man metylester-hydrojodidene: a) i isopropanol N-{3,5-dimetyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin- 2 -yl iden} -N 1-fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodidet, smeltepunkt 134-135,5°; b) i tetrahydrofuran N-{3-metyl-5-etyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N *-fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydro jodidet, rå olje; c) i tetrahydrofuran N-{3-metyl-5-metylmerkapto-4 - (1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N1-fenylkarbamimido-tio-metylester-hydro jodidet, smeltepunkt 160-161°; d) i tetrahydrofuran N-(3-metyl-4-tiazolin-2-yliden)-N'-fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodidet, smeltepunkt 174-175°; e) . i.tetrahydrofuran N-(3-metyl-4-fenyl-4-tiazolin-2-yliden)-N'-fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodidet, smeltepunkt 183-184°; f) . i tetrahydrofuran N-(3 , 5-dimetyl-4-tiazolin-2-yliden)-N'-fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodidet, smeltepunkt 185-186°; g) i acetonitril N-(1,3-dimetyl-4-imidazolin-2-yliden)-N<1->fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodidet, ;smeltepunkt 221-222°; ;h) i isopropanol N-(3-metyl-4-oksazolin-2-yliden)-N'-fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodidet, smeltepunkt ;140-141°; ;i) , i isopropanol N-(3 , 4 , 5-trimetyl-4-oksazolin-2-yliden)-N<1->fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodidet, smeltepunkt 192-192,5°; ;j) i isopropanol N-(3-allyl-4-tiazo.lin-2-yliden)-N'-fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodidet, smeltepunkt 138-139°; ;k) i tetrahydrofuran N-(3,4,5-trimetyl-4-oksazolin-2-yliden)-N'-fenylkarbamimido-tiometylester-hydrojodidet, smeltepunkt 139-141°. ;Eksempel 21;Ifølge eksempel 7 a) blir de tilsvarende metyltio-hydrojodider fra eksempel 10 samt de tilsvarende amider med den generelle formel HNR^F^omsatt i et molforhold av 1:3 i under tilbakeløp kokende isopropanol, tert.-butanol eller også etanol til de nye følgende forbindelser a - k i form av hydrojodidene. Hydrojodidene blir isolert som slike, overført i hydrokloridene ved hjelp av en anione-utbytterharpiks eller eventuelt med vandig alkali i de frie baser. Ve'd omsetning av de frie baser med en egnet syre kan også fremstilles andre salter. a) N-{3,5-dimetyl-4-(1,3,4-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamidet som fri base, smeltepunkt 98-99°; • b) N-{3-metyl-5-etyl-4-(1, 3 , 4) -tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamidet som fri base, smeltepunkt 85-86°; c) N-{3-metyl-5-metylmerkapto-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamidet som fri base, smeltepunkt 98-99°; d) N-(3-metyl-4-tiazolin-2-yliden)-N<1->fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamidet som fri base, smeltepunkt 129-130°; e) N-(3-mety1-4-fenyl-4-tiazolin-2-yliden)-N1 - fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamidet som hydroklorid, smeltepunkt 196-197°; f) som N-(3,5-dimetyl-4-tiazolin-2-yliden)-N<1->fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamid som hydroklorid, smeltepunkt 220,5-221,5°; g) som N-(1,3-dimetyl-4-imidazolin-2-yliden)-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamid • . 2HC1, smeltepunkt ;170°, (spaltning); ;h) N- (3-metyl--4-oksazolin-2-yliden) -N 1 - f enyl-1 - pyrrolidin-karboksimidamidet som fri base, smeltepunkt ;94,5-95,5°; ;i) N-(3,4,5-trimetyl-4-oksazolin-2-yliden)-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamidet som hydroklorid, ;smeltepunkt 161-163°; ;j) N-(3-allyl-4-tiazolin-2-yliden)-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamidet som fri base, smeltepunkt 91-92°; ;k) N-(3,4,5-trimetyl-4-oksazolin-2-yliden)-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamidet som hydroklorid, smeltepunkt 225-226°; 1) N-{3 , 5-dimetyl-4- (1 ,3,5) -t.iadiazolin-2-yliden}-N<1->fenyl-dimetylamino-karboksimidamidet som hydroklorid, smeltepunkt 238-239,5° (spaltning); ;m) N-(3,4,5-trimetyl-4-oksazolin-2-yliden)-N1 - fenyl-dimetylamino-karboksimidamidet som fri base, smeltepunkt 84-86°. ;Eksempel_12;En oppløsning av 9,3 g 2-imino-3-metyl-tiazolidin-og 10,3 g N-etyldiisopropylamin i 50 ml acetonitril tilsettes dråpevis i løpet av 15 minutter ved værelsetemperatur til en oppløsning av 14,8 g N-fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidoylklorid i 50 ml acetonitril. Deretter omrøres 2 timer ved værelsetemperatur og deretter ytterligere 3 timer under tilbakeløp. Reaksjonsblandingen blir inndampet til tørrhet, det krystalline residuum anrøres med isopropanol, oppløsningsmiddelet avfiltreres og det erholdte fastprodukt anrøres deretter 30 minutter med 50 ml vann, avfiltreres, vaskes først med vann, deretter med isopropanol og tørkes. Det således erholdte N-(3-metyl-tiazolidin-2-yliden)-N<1->fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid smelter ved 144,5-145,5°. ;Eksemp_el_23;Av 18,5 g 2-imino-3-metyl-5-trifluormetyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-hydrojodid frigjøres basen med 10%-ig natronlut, opptas i metylenklorid, tørkes med vannfritt magnesiumsulfat og inndampes. Den således erholdte base og 7,6 g N-etyldiisopropylamin oppløses i 50 ml acetonitril og tilsettes dråpevis i løpet av 15 minutter til en oppløsning av 11,9 g N-fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidoylklorid i 50 ml acetonitril* I tilknytning dertil omrøres ytterligere 4 timer ved værelsetemperatur, reaksjonsblandingen inndampes deretter til tørrhet, residuet omrøres med eter, avfiltreres, eteruttrekket inndampes og inndampningsresten kromatograferes over en kort, med kiselgel fylt kolonne. Man eluerte først med metylenklorid, deretter med en metylenklorid-aceton-blanding 97:3. Midtfraksjonene blir forenet, anrøres med litt heksan, avfiltreres, vaskes med heksan og tørkes. Det således erholdte N-{3-metyl-5-trifluormetyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N'-fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid smelter ved 110,5-112°. According to example 7 c), however, using the thioureas specified above in example 9 in appropriate specific solvents, the methyl ester hydroiodides are obtained: a) in isopropanol N-{3,5-dimethyl-4-(1,3,4 )-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N 1-phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide, melting point 134-135.5°; b) in tetrahydrofuran N-{3-methyl-5-ethyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N*-phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydro iodide, crude oil; c) in tetrahydrofuran N-{3-methyl-5-methylmercapto-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N1-phenylcarbamimido-thio-methyl ester hydro iodide, melting point 160-161°; d) in tetrahydrofuran N-(3-methyl-4-thiazolin-2-ylidene)-N'-phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide, melting point 174-175°; e) . i. tetrahydrofuran N-(3-methyl-4-phenyl-4-thiazolin-2-ylidene)-N'-phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide, melting point 183-184°; f). in tetrahydrofuran N-(3,5-dimethyl-4-thiazolin-2-ylidene)-N'-phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide, melting point 185-186°; g) in acetonitrile N-(1,3-dimethyl-4-imidazolin-2-ylidene)-N<1->phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide, melting point 221-222°; ;h) in isopropanol the N-(3-methyl-4-oxazolin-2-ylidene)-N'-phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide, melting point ;140-141°; ;i) , in isopropanol N-(3,4,5-trimethyl-4-oxazolin-2-ylidene)-N<1->phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide, melting point 192-192.5°; ;j) in isopropanol the N-(3-allyl-4-thiazolin-2-ylidene)-N'-phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide, melting point 138-139°; ;k) in tetrahydrofuran N-(3,4,5-trimethyl-4-oxazolin-2-ylidene)-N'-phenylcarbamimido-thiomethyl ester hydroiodide, melting point 139-141°. ;Example 21;According to example 7 a) the corresponding methylthiohydroiodides from example 10 as well as the corresponding amides with the general formula HNR^F^ are reacted in a molar ratio of 1:3 in refluxing isopropanol, tert.-butanol or also ethanol to the new following compounds a - k in the form of the hydroiodides. The hydroiodides are isolated as such, transferred into the hydrochlorides by means of an anion exchange resin or optionally with aqueous alkali in the free bases. By reacting the free bases with a suitable acid, other salts can also be produced. a) N-{3,5-dimethyl-4-(1,3,4-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidine-carboximidamide as free base, melting point 98-99°; • b) N-{3-methyl-5-ethyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidine carboximidamide as free base, melting point 85-86°; c) N-{3-methyl-5-methylmercapto-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidine carboximidamide as free base, melting point 98-99°; d) N-(3-methyl-4-thiazolin-2-ylidene)-N<1->phenyl-1-pyrrolidine carboximidamide as free base, melting point 129-130°; e) N-(3-methyl-4-phenyl-4-thiazolin-2-ylidene)-N1-phenyl-1-pyrrolidine carboximidamide as hydrochloride, melting point 196-197°; f) as N-(3,5-dimethyl-4-thiazolin-2-ylidene)-N<1->phenyl-1-pyrrolidine-carboximidamide as hydrochloride, melting point 220.5-221.5°; g) as N-(1,3-dimethyl-4-imidazolin-2-ylidene)-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidine-carboximidamide • . 2HC1, melting point ;170°, (decomposition); ;h) N-(3-methyl--4-oxazolin-2-ylidene)-N 1 -phenyl-1-pyrrolidine carboximidamide as free base, melting point ;94.5-95.5°; ;i) N-(3,4,5-trimethyl-4-oxazolin-2-ylidene)-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidine carboximidamide as hydrochloride, melting point 161-163°; ;j) N-(3-allyl-4-thiazolin-2-ylidene)-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidine carboximidamide as free base, melting point 91-92°; ;k) N-(3,4,5-trimethyl-4-oxazolin-2-ylidene)-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidine carboximidamide as hydrochloride, melting point 225-226°; 1) N-{3,5-dimethyl-4-(1,3,5)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N<1->phenyl-dimethylamino-carboximidamide as hydrochloride, melting point 238-239.5° (fission); ;m) N-(3,4,5-trimethyl-4-oxazolin-2-ylidene)-N1 - phenyl-dimethylamino-carboximidamide as free base, melting point 84-86°. ;Example_12;A solution of 9.3 g of 2-imino-3-methyl-thiazolidine and 10.3 g of N-ethyldiisopropylamine in 50 ml of acetonitrile is added dropwise over 15 minutes at room temperature to a solution of 14.8 g of N -phenyl-4-morpholine-carboximidoyl chloride in 50 ml of acetonitrile. It is then stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and then a further 3 hours under reflux. The reaction mixture is evaporated to dryness, the crystalline residue is stirred with isopropanol, the solvent is filtered off and the solid product obtained is then stirred for 30 minutes with 50 ml of water, filtered off, washed first with water, then with isopropanol and dried. The N-(3-methyl-thiazolidin-2-ylidene)-N<1->phenyl-4-morpholine-carboximidamide thus obtained melts at 144.5-145.5°. ;Example_23;From 18.5 g of 2-imino-3-methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazoline hydroiodide, the base is released with 10% caustic soda, taken up in methylene chloride, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The thus obtained base and 7.6 g of N-ethyldiisopropylamine are dissolved in 50 ml of acetonitrile and added dropwise over 15 minutes to a solution of 11.9 g of N-phenyl-4-morpholine-carboximidoyl chloride in 50 ml of acetonitrile* In addition is stirred for a further 4 hours at room temperature, the reaction mixture is then evaporated to dryness, the residue is stirred with ether, filtered off, the ether extract is evaporated and the evaporation residue is chromatographed over a short column filled with silica gel. First eluted with methylene chloride, then with a methylene chloride-acetone mixture 97:3. The middle fractions are combined, stirred with a little hexane, filtered off, washed with hexane and dried. The N-{3-methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N'-phenyl-4-morpholine-carboximidamide thus obtained melts at 110.5-112°.
Eksemgel_1_4Eczema gel_1_4
Av 14,6 g 2-imino-3-metyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-hydrojodid frigjøres basen med 30%-ig natronlut, opptas i metylenklorid, tørkes med vannfritt magnesiumsulfat og inndampes. Den således erholdte base og 7,1 g N-etyldiisopropylamin oppløses i 50 ml acetonitril og tilsettes dråpevis i løpet av 15 minutter til en oppløsning av 11,2 g N-fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidoylklorid i 50 ml acetonitril. Deretter omrøres 1 time ved værelsetemperatur og deretter ytterligere 3 timer under tilbakeløp. Reaksjonsblandingen inndampes til tørrhet, og inndampningsresten kromatograferes over en med kiselgel fylt kolonne. Man eluerer med kloroform. Den således erholdte base overføres med alkoholisk saltsyre i hydrokloridet. Etter omkrystallisasjon av acetonitril-eddikester erholder man rent N-{3-metyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N'-fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid-hydroklorid med smeltepunkt 201,5-202,5°. From 14.6 g of 2-imino-3-methyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazoline hydroiodide, the base is released with 30% caustic soda, taken up in methylene chloride, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The base thus obtained and 7.1 g of N-ethyldiisopropylamine are dissolved in 50 ml of acetonitrile and added dropwise over 15 minutes to a solution of 11.2 g of N-phenyl-4-morpholine-carboximidoyl chloride in 50 ml of acetonitrile. The mixture is then stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and then a further 3 hours under reflux. The reaction mixture is evaporated to dryness, and the evaporation residue is chromatographed over a column filled with silica gel. Elute with chloroform. The base thus obtained is transferred with alcoholic hydrochloric acid into the hydrochloride. After recrystallization from acetonitrile-acetic ester, pure N-{3-methyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N'-phenyl-4-morpholine-carboxymidamide hydrochloride is obtained with a melting point of 201.5 -202.5°.
Eksemp_el_25 Example_el_25
Etter den i eksempel 14 beskrevne fremgangsmåte erholder man av 8,6 g 2-imino-3-metyl-4-(1,3,4)-tiadiazolin og 16,7 g N-fenyl-1-piperidin-karboksimidoylklorid N-{3-metyl-4- (1 ,3,4) -tiadiazolin-2-yliden}-N '-fenyl-^1 -piperidin-karboksimidamidet, smeltepunkt 94,5-95,5°. Following the procedure described in example 14, 8.6 g of 2-imino-3-methyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazoline and 16.7 g of N-phenyl-1-piperidine-carboximidoyl chloride N-{ 3-Methyl-4-(1,3,4)-thiadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N'-phenyl-^1-piperidinecarboximidamide, melting point 94.5-95.5°.
Eksemp_el_1_6Example_el_1_6
Etter den i eksempel 14 beskrevne fremgangsmåte erholder man av 6,3 g 2-imino-3-metyl-4-tiazolin og 11,2 g N-fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidoylklorid N-(3-metyl-4-tiazolin-2-yliden)-N<1->fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid-hydroklorid, smeltepunkt 209-210°. Following the procedure described in example 14, 6.3 g of 2-imino-3-methyl-4-thiazoline and 11.2 g of N-phenyl-4-morpholine-carboximidoyl chloride N-(3-methyl-4-thiazoline- 2-ylidene)-N<1->phenyl-4-morpholine-carboximidamide hydrochloride, melting point 209-210°.
Eksemp_el_22Example_el_22
12,0 g 2-imino-3,5-dimetyl-4-(1,3,4)-oksadiazolin-hydrojodid blir omsatt med 11,2 g N-fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidoylklorid , som beskrevet i eksempel 8. Reaksjonsblandingen blir imidlertid kun omrørt ved værelsetemperatur og det under 16 timer. Reaksjonsblandingen blir inndampet og kromatografert over en med kiselgel fylt kolonne. Man eluerer først med kloroform, deretter med en kloroformaceton-blanding 95:5 og til slutt med kloroform-metanol 95:5. Av de siste fraksjoner utvinner man et hydroklorid, hvilket blir omrørt med 30%-ig natronlut. Den først olje-aktige base krystalliserer snart. Det således erholdte N-{3,5_dimetyl-4-(1,3,4)-oksadiazolin-2-yliden}-N<1->fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidamidet smelter ved 117-118°. 12.0 g of 2-imino-3,5-dimethyl-4-(1,3,4)-oxadiazoline hydroiodide is reacted with 11.2 g of N-phenyl-4-morpholine-carboximidoyl chloride, as described in example 8. However, the reaction mixture is only stirred at room temperature and for less than 16 hours. The reaction mixture is evaporated and chromatographed over a column filled with silica gel. Elute first with chloroform, then with a chloroform-acetone mixture 95:5 and finally with chloroform-methanol 95:5. A hydrochloride is extracted from the latter fractions, which is stirred with 30% caustic soda. The initially oily base soon crystallizes. The N-{3,5-dimethyl-4-(1,3,4)-oxadiazolin-2-ylidene}-N<1->phenyl-4-morpholine-carboximidamide thus obtained melts at 117-118°.
Eksempel_18 Example_18
Til 200 ml tetrahydrofuran og 111 ml av en 20%-ig oppløsning av fosgen i toluen (0,21 mol) tilsetter man under omrøring 4 3,3 g (0,21 mol) N-fenyl-N<1>,N'-tetrametylen-tiourinstoff {jfr. J. Org. Chem. 23, 1760-1764 (1958)}, hvorved det påpasses at temperaturen ikke stiger over 35 . Man omrører ytterligere 15 minutter ved 2 0°, avkjøler deretter til 10° og tilsetter reaksjonsblandingen (suspensjon av. N,N-tetrametylen-N1-fenyl-klorformamidinium-klorid) med 100 ml acetonitril og '50,8 g (0,21 mol) 2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksazolidinimin-hydrojodid. Etter dråpevis tilsetning av 64,8 g (0,64 mol) trietylamin ved 10-15° omrøres suspensjonen ytterligere 12 timer. Man filtrerer, inndamper filtratet under vakuum og oppløser residuet i iskold 2-n saltsyre. Det rå N-(2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksazolidinyliden)-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidinkarboksimidamid-hydroklorid ekstraheres med kloroform og kloroformekstraktet vaskes med 2-n natronlut og vann, tørkes over natriumsulfat og inndampes. Man erholder rått N-(2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksazolidinyliden)-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamid. Det derav med maleinsyre fremstilte maleat smelter ved 114-116° (av etylacetat). To 200 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 111 ml of a 20% solution of phosgene in toluene (0.21 mol) 4 3.3 g (0.21 mol) of N-phenyl-N<1>,N' are added with stirring -tetramethylene-thiourea {cf. J. Org. Chem. 23, 1760-1764 (1958)}, whereby care is taken that the temperature does not rise above 35 . It is stirred for a further 15 minutes at 20°, then cooled to 10° and the reaction mixture (suspension of N,N-tetramethylene-N1-phenyl-chloroformamidinium chloride) with 100 ml of acetonitrile and '50.8 g (0.21 mol) 2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxazolidinimine hydroiodide. After the dropwise addition of 64.8 g (0.64 mol) of triethylamine at 10-15°, the suspension is stirred for a further 12 hours. Filter, evaporate the filtrate under vacuum and dissolve the residue in ice-cold 2-N hydrochloric acid. The crude N-(2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxazolidinylidene)-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidinecarboximidamide hydrochloride is extracted with chloroform and the chloroform extract is washed with 2-n sodium hydroxide solution and water, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. Crude N-(2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxazolidinylidene)-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidinecarboximidamide is obtained. The maleate produced therefrom with maleic acid melts at 114-116° (from ethyl acetate).
VariantVariant
En ytterligere forenkling av fremgangsmåten består deri at man til en oppløsning av pyrrolidin i eter eller tetrahydrofuran tilsetter dråpevis fenylisotiocyanat, i A further simplification of the method consists in adding phenylisothiocyanate dropwise to a solution of pyrrolidine in ether or tetrahydrofuran, in
den dannede suspensjon av N-fenyl-N<1>,N<1->tetrametylentio-urinstoff innledes en ekvivalent mengde fosgen og reaksjonsblandingen viderebehandles slik som ovenfor beskrevet. an equivalent amount of phosgene is introduced into the formed suspension of N-phenyl-N<1>,N<1->tetramethylenethiourea and the reaction mixture is further treated as described above.
Eksemgel_1_9Eczema gel_1_9
Til en oppløsning av 8,7 g (0,05 mol) fenylisocyanid-diklorid i 120 ml acetonitril tilsettes dråpevis under omrøring ved -10° til 0° en blanding av 3,6 g (0,05 mol) pyrrolidin og 15,2 g (0,45 mol) trietylamin. Man omrører reaksjonsblandingen ytterligere 15 minutter ved 0° og tilsetter deretter 12,1 g (0,05 mol) 2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksazoli-dinimin-hydrojodid, hvorved det påpasses at temperaturen ikke stiger over 10°. Suspensjonen omrøres 1 time ved 20°. Man filtrerer, inndamper filtratet og fordeler residuet mellom kloroform og 2-n natronlut. Den med vann nøytral vaskede og over natriumsulfat tørkede kloroformfase inndampes, hvorved man erholder rått N-(2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksa-zolidinyliden)-N<1->fenyl-1-pyrrolidinkarboksimidamid. Det derav med maleinsyre fremstilte rå maleat renser man ved filtrering over kiselgel med kornstørrelse 0,063-0,2 mm med en oppløsningsmiddelblanding kloroform/metanol = 95:5. Det rene N-(2,5-dimetyl-3-isoksazolidinyliden)-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamidmaelat smelter etter omkrystallisering av etylacetat ved 112-114°. A mixture of 3.6 g (0.05 mol) pyrrolidine and 15.2 g (0.45 mol) of triethylamine. The reaction mixture is stirred for a further 15 minutes at 0° and then 12.1 g (0.05 mol) of 2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxazolidineimine hydroiodide are added, whereby care is taken that the temperature does not rise above 10°. The suspension is stirred for 1 hour at 20°. Filter, evaporate the filtrate and distribute the residue between chloroform and 2-n caustic soda. The chloroform phase washed neutrally with water and dried over sodium sulfate is evaporated, whereby crude N-(2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxa-zolidinylidene)-N<1->phenyl-1-pyrrolidinecarboximidamide is obtained. The crude maleate produced from this with maleic acid is purified by filtration over silica gel with a grain size of 0.063-0.2 mm with a solvent mixture of chloroform/methanol = 95:5. The pure N-(2,5-dimethyl-3-isoxazolidinylidene)-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidine carboximidamide maleate melts after recrystallization from ethyl acetate at 112-114°.
Eksem2<el>_<2>0 Eczema2<el>_<2>0
En suspensjon av 6,6 g N-fenyl-4-morfolinkarboks-imidamid-hydrojodid i 4 0 ml acetonitril blir blandet med 3,5 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-tiazin. Blandingen blir oppvarmet på vannbadet 12 timer under kraftig omrøring. Acetonitrilet blir avdampet under forminsket trykk og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av aceton-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N'-fenyl-4-morfolinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet med formel A suspension of 6.6 g of N-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide hydroiodide in 40 ml of acetonitrile is mixed with 3.5 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-thiazine. The mixture is heated on the water bath for 12 hours with vigorous stirring. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of acetone-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N'-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained with the formula
hvilket smelter ved 220°. which melts at 220°.
Den tilsvarende frie base fremstilles som følger: En suspensjon av 4,3 g av det ovenfor angitte hydrojodid The corresponding free base is prepared as follows: A suspension of 4.3 g of the above-mentioned hydroiodide
i 50 ml metylenklorid tilsettes 10 ml 10%-ig vandig natriumhydroksydoppløsning. Den organiske fase blir fra-skilt og etter inndampning under forminsket trykk erholder man den frie base, hvilken smelter etter omkrystallisering av en blanding av eddiksyreetylester-heksan ved 80-81°. 10 ml of 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution is added to 50 ml of methylene chloride. The organic phase is separated and after evaporation under reduced pressure the free base is obtained, which melts after recrystallization from a mixture of ethyl acetate-hexane at 80-81°.
De følgende salter fremstilles som beskrevet: The following salts are prepared as described:
El£oluensulfonat El£oluensulfonate
En oppløsning av 3 g av den frie base i 30 ml metyl-. enklprid-aceton tilsettes under omrøring, med 1,8 g p-toluen-sulfonsyre. Produktet utskiller seg i form av fargeløse krystaller, hvilket omkrystalliseres av en blanding av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N'-fenyl-4-morfolinkarboksimidamid-p-toluen-sulfonatet, hvilket smelter ved 172°. A solution of 3 g of the free base in 30 ml of methyl-. encyclopedic acetone is added with stirring, with 1.8 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid. The product separates in the form of colorless crystals, which are recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N'-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide-p-toluene-sulfonate is obtained, which melts at 172°.
HYdroklorid Hydrochloride
En oppløsning av 5 g av den frie base i 4 0 ml isopropanol syregjøres med klorhydrogensyre i isopropanol. Oppløsningsmiddelet blir avdampet under forminsket trykk, og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av isopropanol-aceton. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N<1->fenyl-4-morfolinkarboksimidamid-hydrokloridet, hvilket smelter ved 228°. A solution of 5 g of the free base in 40 ml of isopropanol is acidified with hydrochloric acid in isopropanol. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol-acetone. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N<1->phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide hydrochloride is obtained, which melts at 228°.
SulfatSulfate
En oppløsning av 3,1 g av den frie base i 30 ml metylenklorid-aceton tilsettes under omrøring med 2 g svovelsyre i metylenklorid. Produktet utskiller seg i form av hvite krystaller, hvilket omkrystalliseres av en blanding av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(tio-morf olin-3-yliden) -N1-fenyl-4-morfolinkarboksimidamid-sulfatet, hvilket smelter ved 220°. A solution of 3.1 g of the free base in 30 ml of methylene chloride-acetone is added while stirring with 2 g of sulfuric acid in methylene chloride. The product separates in the form of white crystals, which are recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thio-morpholin-3-ylidene)-N1-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide sulfate is obtained, which melts at 220°.
TartratTartrate
En oppløsning av 3,2 g av den frie base i 40 ml aceton tilsettes med 2,1 g av en på forhånd renset og tørket d-vinsyre i aceton. Det utskilte produkt vaskes flere ganger med dietyleter og aceton. Residuet omkrystalliseres av aceton. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N'-fenyl-4-morfolinkarboksimidamid-tartratet, hvilket smelter ved 102°. A solution of 3.2 g of the free base in 40 ml of acetone is added with 2.1 g of a previously purified and dried d-tartaric acid in acetone. The separated product is washed several times with diethyl ether and acetone. The residue is recrystallized from acetone. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N'-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide tartrate is obtained, which melts at 102°.
MetansulfonatMethanesulfonate
En oppløsning av 3,2 g av den frie base i 30-40 ml metylenklorid-aceton tilsettes 1,2 g metansulfonsyre i metylenklorid. Produktet utskiller seg i form av hvite krystaller, hvilket utkrystalliseres av en blanding av etanol-aceton. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N'-fenyl-4-morfolinkarboksimidamid-metansulfonatet, hvilket smelter ved 182°. A solution of 3.2 g of the free base in 30-40 ml of methylene chloride-acetone is added to 1.2 g of methanesulfonic acid in methylene chloride. The product separates in the form of white crystals, which are crystallized from a mixture of ethanol-acetone. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N'-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide methanesulfonate is obtained, which melts at 182°.
Eksemgel_21_Eczema Gel_21_
En suspensjon av 8,1 g N,4-difenyl-1-piperidin-karboksimidamid-hydrojodid i 35 ml acetonitril tilsettes med 4 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-tiazin. Blandingen oppvarmes 14 timer på vannbadet og omrøres kraftig. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk og residuet krystalliserer under tritureren med eddiksyreetylester. Produktet utkrystalliseres av aceton-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N<1>,4-difenyl-1-piperidinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 210°. A suspension of 8.1 g of N,4-diphenyl-1-piperidine-carboximidamide hydroiodide in 35 ml of acetonitrile is added with 4 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-thiazine. The mixture is heated for 14 hours in the water bath and stirred vigorously. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue crystallizes under the triturator with acetic acid ethyl ester. The product is crystallized from acetone-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N<1>,4-diphenyl-1-piperidinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 210°.
Utgangsstoffet for den ovenfor angitte syntese fremstilles som følgende: En suspensjon av 29 g N-fenyl-S-metyl-isotiourinstoff hydrojodid i 100 ml acetonitril tilsettes med 20 g 4-fenyl-piperidin. Blandingen kokes 15 timer under tilbakeløp og acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk. Residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av metylenklorid-aceton. Man erholder N,4-difenyl-1-piperidinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 151°. The starting material for the above-mentioned synthesis is prepared as follows: A suspension of 29 g of N-phenyl-S-methyl-isothiourea hydroiodide in 100 ml of acetonitrile is added with 20 g of 4-phenyl-piperidine. The mixture is boiled for 15 hours under reflux and the acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is recrystallized from a methylene chloride-acetone mixture. The N,4-diphenyl-1-piperidinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 151°.
Eksemp_el_22Example_el_22
En suspensjon av 6,5 g N-fenyl-4-morfolinkarboksimid-amid-hydrojodid i 35 ml acetonitril tilsettes med 4 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-oksazin under omrøring. Blandingen oppvarmes på vannbadet 12 timer under kraftig omrøring. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av eddiksyreetylester-aceton. Man erholder N-(morfolin-3-yliden)-N<1->fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 228°. A suspension of 6.5 g of N-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximide-amide hydroiodide in 35 ml of acetonitrile is added with 4 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-oxazine with stirring. The mixture is heated on the water bath for 12 hours with vigorous stirring. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of acetic acid ethyl ester-acetone. The N-(morpholin-3-ylidene)-N<1->phenyl-4-morpholine carboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 228°.
Eksempel_23Example_23
Én suspensjon av 9,8 g N-fenyl-4-piperidinkarboks-imidamid-hydrojodid i 40 ml acetonitril tilsettes under omrøring med 5,5 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-oksazin. Blandingen oppvarmes under kraftig omrøring 12 timer på A suspension of 9.8 g of N-phenyl-4-piperidinecarboximidamide hydroiodide in 40 ml of acetonitrile is added while stirring with 5.5 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-oxazine. The mixture is heated with vigorous stirring for 12 hours
vannbadet. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(morfolin-3-yliden)-N1 - feny1-4-piperidinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 202°. the water bath. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(morpholin-3-ylidene)-N1-phenyl-4-piperidinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 202°.
Eksemp<el>_24Example<el>_24
En suspensjon av 7,2 g N-(4-metoksy-fenyl)-4-morfo-linkarboksimidamid-hydrojodid i 35 ml acetonitril tilsettes under omrøring med 4 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-tiazin under omrøring. Blandingen oppvarmes 12 timer på vannbadet under kraftig omrøring. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(tio-morf olin-3-yliden) -N '- (4-metoksy-fenyl)-4-morfolinkarboks-imidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 172°. A suspension of 7.2 g of N-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-4-morpholinecarboximidamide hydroiodide in 35 ml of acetonitrile is added while stirring with 4 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4- thiazine with stirring. The mixture is heated for 12 hours on the water bath with vigorous stirring. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thio-morpholin-3-ylidene)-N'-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-4-morpholinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 172°.
Eksemp_el_25Example_el_25
En suspensjon av 3,6 g N-fenyl-4-(2,6-dimetyl-morfolin)-karboksimidamid-hydrojodid i 15 ml acetonitril tilsettes under omrøring med 1,8 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-oksazin. Blandingen kokes under omrøring 16 timer under tilbakeløp. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, og residuet omkrystalliseres av isopropanol-eddik-syreety lester . Man erholder N-(morfolin-3-yliden)-N1 - fenyl-2,6-dimetyl-4-morfolinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 230°. A suspension of 3.6 g of N-phenyl-4-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholine)-carboximidamide hydroiodide in 15 ml of acetonitrile is added while stirring with 1.8 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H- 1,4-oxazine. The mixture is boiled with stirring for 16 hours under reflux. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(morpholin-3-ylidene)-N1-phenyl-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinecarboxymidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 230°.
Eksemp_el_26Example_el_26
En suspensjon av 3,5 g N-fenyl-4-(2,6-dimetyl-morfolin)-karboksimidamid-hydrojodid i 15 ml acetonitril tilsettes under omrøring med 2 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-tiazin. Blandingen kokes under tilbakeløp 16 timer. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av aceton-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N<1->fenyl-2,6-dimetyl- 4-morfolinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 246°. A suspension of 3.5 g of N-phenyl-4-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholine)-carboximidamide hydroiodide in 15 ml of acetonitrile is added while stirring with 2 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1, 4-thiazine. The mixture is boiled under reflux for 16 hours. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of acetone-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N<1->phenyl-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 246°.
Eksem|2el_27Eczema|2el_27
En suspensjon av 6,2 g N-fenyl-1-pyrrolidinkarboks-imidamid-hydrojodid i 30 ml acetonitril tilsettes med 3,8 g 3-etoksy-5, 6-dihydro-2H-1,4-oksazin under omrøring. Blandingen omrøres sterkt på vannbadet 12 timer. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av metylenklorid-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(morfolin-3-yliden)-N<1->fenyl-1-pyrrolidinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 226°. A suspension of 6.2 g of N-phenyl-1-pyrrolidinecarboximidamide hydroiodide in 30 ml of acetonitrile is added with 3.8 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-oxazine with stirring. The mixture is stirred vigorously on the water bath for 12 hours. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of methylene chloride-ethyl acetate. The N-(morpholin-3-ylidene)-N<1->phenyl-1-pyrrolidinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 226°.
Eksemgel_28Eczema gel_28
En suspensjon av 3,5 g N-(4-fluorfenyl)-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid-hydrojodid i 15 ml acetonitril tilsettes under omrøring med 2 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-tiazin. Blandingen oppvarmes på vannbadet 12 timer under sterk omrøring. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, A suspension of 3.5 g of N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-morpholine-carboximidamide hydroiodide in 15 ml of acetonitrile is added while stirring with 2 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-thiazine. The mixture is heated on the water bath for 12 hours with vigorous stirring. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure,
og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av aceton-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N'- (4-fluorfenyl)-4-morfolinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 212°. and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of acetone-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N'-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-morpholinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 212°.
Eksemp_el_29Example_el_29
En suspensjon av 3,6 g N-(4-fluorfenyl)-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid-hydrojodid i 15 ml acetonitril tilsettes under omrøring med 2 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-oksazin; Blandingen oppvarmes på vannbadet 12 timer under kraftig omrøring. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, A suspension of 3.6 g of N-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-morpholine-carboximidamide hydroiodide in 15 ml of acetonitrile is added with stirring with 2 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-oxazine; The mixture is heated on the water bath for 12 hours with vigorous stirring. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure,
og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(morfolin-3-yliden)-N<1->and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester. N-(morpholin-3-ylidene)-N<1-> is obtained
(4-fluorfenyl)-4-morfolinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 215°. The (4-fluorophenyl)-4-morpholinecarboximidamide hydroiodide, which melts at 215°.
Eksemgel_30Eczema gel_30
En suspensjon av 8 g N-(4-metyl-morfolin-3-yliden)-N-fenyl-S-metyl-isotiourinstoff-hydrojodid i 15 ml acetonitril tilsettes under omrøring med 2,5 g morfolin. Blandingen kokes på et oljebad 36 timer under tilbakeløp. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N1 -(4-metyl-morfolin-3-yliden)-N-fenyl-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter etter omkrystallisering av en blanding av aceton-eddiksyreetylester ved 165°. A suspension of 8 g of N-(4-methyl-morpholin-3-ylidene)-N-phenyl-S-methyl-isothiourea hydroiodide in 15 ml of acetonitrile is added while stirring with 2.5 g of morpholine. The mixture is boiled in an oil bath for 36 hours under reflux. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N1 -(4-methyl-morpholin-3-ylidene)-N-phenyl-4-morpholine-carboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts after recrystallization from a mixture of acetone-acetic acid ethyl ester at 165°.
Utgangsstoffet for den ovenfor angitte syntese fremstilles som følgende: En oppløsning av 23 g 4-metyl-morfolin-3-on i 100 ml vannfritt metylenklorid tilsettes under kjølning og omrøring med 80 g trietyloksonium-fluoroborat i 100 ml metylenklorid. Reaksjonsblandingen omrøres 18 timer i en nitrogenatmosfære. Deretter leder man 3 timer ammoniakk i blandingen. Reaksjonsblandingen hensettes 30 timer ved værelsetemperatur,og opp-løsningsmiddelet avdampes under forminsket trykk på et vannbad ved 40°. Det rå 4-metyl-3-imino-morfolin blir oppløst i 100 ml acetonitril og tilsettes under omrøring ved værelsetemperatur med 24 g fenylisotiocyanat i 60 ml acetonitril. Blandingen omrøres 14 timer og konsentreres, hvorved et krystallinsk produkt utskiller seg. Dette blir omkrystalli-sert av en blanding av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N1 -(4-metyl-morfolin-3-yliden)-N-fenyl-tiourinstoff, hvilket smelter ved 121-122°. The starting material for the above-mentioned synthesis is prepared as follows: A solution of 23 g of 4-methyl-morpholin-3-one in 100 ml of anhydrous methylene chloride is added while cooling and stirring with 80 g of triethyloxonium fluoroborate in 100 ml of methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred for 18 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Ammonia is then introduced into the mixture for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is allowed to stand for 30 hours at room temperature, and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure in a water bath at 40°. The crude 4-methyl-3-imino-morpholine is dissolved in 100 ml of acetonitrile and added with stirring at room temperature with 24 g of phenylisothiocyanate in 60 ml of acetonitrile. The mixture is stirred for 14 hours and concentrated, whereby a crystalline product separates. This is recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester. N1 -(4-methyl-morpholin-3-ylidene)-N-phenyl-thiourea is obtained, which melts at 121-122°.
En oppløsning av 15 g N1 -(4-metyl-morfolin-3-yliden)-N-fenyltiourinstoff i 50 ml dioksan tilsettes dråpevis under omrøring med 10 g metyljodid i .30 ml dioksan. Blandingen oppvarmes på vannbadet 3 timer. Dioksanet tilbakevinnes under forminsket trykk., og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av aceton-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N'-(4-metyl-morfolin-3-yliden)-N-fenyl-S-metyl-isotiourinstoff-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 155°. A solution of 15 g of N1 -(4-methyl-morpholin-3-ylidene)-N-phenylthiourea in 50 ml of dioxane is added dropwise while stirring with 10 g of methyl iodide in .30 ml of dioxane. The mixture is heated on the water bath for 3 hours. The dioxane is recovered under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of acetone-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N'-(4-methyl-morpholin-3-ylidene)-N-phenyl-S-methyl-isothiourea hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 155°.
Eksemgel_31Eczema gel_31
En suspensjon av 3,8 g N-(p-toluen)-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid-hydro jodid i 15 ml acetonitril tilsettes under omrøring med 1,8 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-oksazin. Blandingen omrøres sterkt på vannbadet 12 timer. Acetonitrilet inndampes under forminsket trykk, og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av eddiksyreetylester-aceton. Man erholder N-(morfolin-3-yliden)-N1 -(p-toluen)-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 192°. A suspension of 3.8 g of N-(p-toluene)-4-morpholine-carboximidamide hydro iodide in 15 ml of acetonitrile is added while stirring with 1.8 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4 -oxazine. The mixture is stirred vigorously on the water bath for 12 hours. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of acetic acid ethyl ester-acetone. The N-(morpholin-3-ylidene)-N1-(p-toluene)-4-morpholine carboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 192°.
Eksempel_32 Example_32
En suspensjon av 4 g N-(p-toluen)-4-morfolinkarboks-imidamid-hydro jodid i 20 ml acetonitril tilsettes med 2 g 3- etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-tiazin under omrøring. Blandingen omrøres sterkt på vannbadet 12 timer. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder.N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N'-(p-toluen)-4- morfolinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 225°. A suspension of 4 g of N-(p-toluene)-4-morpholinecarboximidamide hydro iodide in 20 ml of acetonitrile is added with 2 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-thiazine with stirring. The mixture is stirred vigorously on the water bath for 12 hours. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N'-(p-toluene)-4-morpholinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 225°.
Eksemp_el_33Example_el_33
En suspensjon av 3,1 g N-fenyl-1-pyrrolidinkarboks-imidamid-hydrojodid i 7 ml acetonitril tilsettes med 5 g 4-karbetoksy-2-etoksy-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrazin. Blandingen kokes 12 timer under tilbakeløp, deretter fortynnes med eddiksyreetylester, og det erholdte bunnfall avfiltreres. Dette blir behandlet med kaliumkarbonatoppløsning, vasket med vann og tørket. Ved behandling av det erholdte produkt med klorhydrogensyre i isopropanol erholder man N-(4-karbetoksy-piperazin-2-yliden)-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidinkarboksimid-amid-hydrokloridet, hvilket smelter etter omkrystallisering av acetonitril-eddiksyreetylester ved 246-247°. A suspension of 3.1 g of N-phenyl-1-pyrrolidinecarboximidamide hydroiodide in 7 ml of acetonitrile is added with 5 g of 4-carbethoxy-2-ethoxy-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrazine. The mixture is boiled for 12 hours under reflux, then diluted with acetic acid ethyl ester, and the precipitate obtained is filtered off. This is treated with potassium carbonate solution, washed with water and dried. When the product obtained is treated with hydrochloric acid in isopropanol, the N-(4-carbethoxy-piperazin-2-ylidene)-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidine carboximide-amide hydrochloride is obtained, which melts after recrystallization from acetonitrile-acetic acid ethyl ester at 246- 247°.
Utgangsstoffet fremstilles som følgende:The starting material is produced as follows:
En avkjølt oppløsning av 43 g 4-karbetoksy-2-piperazinonA cooled solution of 43 g of 4-carbethoxy-2-piperazinone
i 400 ml metylenklorid tilsettes med 120 g trietyloksonium- in 400 ml of methylene chloride is added with 120 g of triethyloxonium
fluoroborat i 150 ml metylenklorid. Reaksjonsblandingen omrøres i en nitrogenatomsfære 16 timer og gjøres deretter svakt basisk (pH 7,5) med vandig mettet kaliumkarbonat-oppløsning. Det organiske skikt fraskilles og tørkes over vannfritt kaliumkarbonat. Oppløsningsmiddelet blir avdampet og residuet destillert ved 115°/0,1 mm Hg. Man erholder 4-karbetoksy-2-etoksy-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrazin. fluoroborate in 150 ml methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours and then made weakly basic (pH 7.5) with aqueous saturated potassium carbonate solution. The organic layer is separated and dried over anhydrous potassium carbonate. The solvent is evaporated and the residue distilled at 115°/0.1 mm Hg. 4-Carbethoxy-2-ethoxy-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrazine is obtained.
En blanding av 2 g N-fenyl-1-(4-karbetoksy-piperazin)-karboksimidamid-hydrojodid i acetonitril og 2,5 g 3-metoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-tiazin oppvarmes 1 time til 70°. Reaksjonsblandingen hensettes 7 dager ved værelsetemperatur og fortynnes deretter med dietyleter. Det erholdte bunnfall omkrystalliseres av en blanding av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N<1->fenyl-4-karbetoksy-1-piperazin-karboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 206°. A mixture of 2 g of N-phenyl-1-(4-carbethoxy-piperazine)-carboximidamide hydroiodide in acetonitrile and 2.5 g of 3-methoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-thiazine is heated for 1 hour more 70°. The reaction mixture is allowed to stand for 7 days at room temperature and is then diluted with diethyl ether. The precipitate obtained is recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N<1->phenyl-4-carbethoxy-1-piperazine-carboxymidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 206°.
Utgangsstoffet fremstilles som følgende:The starting material is produced as follows:
En suspensjon av 8,7 g N-fenyl-5-metyl-isotiourinstoff-hydrojodid i 30 ml isopropanol tilsettes med 9,6 g 1-karbetoksy-piperazin. Blandingen kokes under omrøring 18 timer under tilbakeløp og inndampes deretter under forminsket trykk. Man erholder N-fenyl-4-karbetoksy-1-piperazin-karboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter etter omkrystallisering av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester ved 218-219°. A suspension of 8.7 g of N-phenyl-5-methyl-isothiourea hydroiodide in 30 ml of isopropanol is added with 9.6 g of 1-carbethoxy-piperazine. The mixture is boiled with stirring for 18 hours under reflux and then evaporated under reduced pressure. The N-phenyl-4-carbethoxy-1-piperazine-carboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts after recrystallization from isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester at 218-219°.
Eksemp_el_35Example_el_35
En blanding av 4 g N-(p-toluen)-4-karbetoksy-1-piperazinkårboksimidamid-hydrojodid i acetonitril og 8 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-tiazin oppvarmes 1 time ved 80°. Den erholdte oppløsning blir hensatt 15 dager ved værelsetemperatur. Det derved erholdte faste material blir avfiltrert og vasket med eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N'-(p-toluen)-4-karbetoksy-1-piperazinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter etter omkrystallisering av acetonitril-aceton ved 228-229°. A mixture of 4 g of N-(p-toluene)-4-carbethoxy-1-piperazine carboximidamide hydroiodide in acetonitrile and 8 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-thiazine is heated for 1 hour at 80° . The obtained solution is stored for 15 days at room temperature. The solid material thus obtained is filtered off and washed with acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N'-(p-toluene)-4-carbethoxy-1-piperazinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts after recrystallization from acetonitrile-acetone at 228-229°.
Utgangsstoffet fremstilles som følgende:The starting material is produced as follows:
En blanding av 17,8 g N-(p-toluen)-S-metyl-isotiourinstoff-hydrojodid og 18,9 g 1-karbetoksy-piperazin i 50 ml isopropanol kokes under omrøring 18 timer under tilbakeløp. Oppløsningsmiddelet blir deretter inndampet under forminsket trykk og residuet triturert med eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(p-toluen)-4-karbetoksy-1-piperazinkarboksimid-amid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter etter omkrystallisering av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester ved 201-202°. A mixture of 17.8 g of N-(p-toluene)-S-methyl-isothiourea hydroiodide and 18.9 g of 1-carbethoxy-piperazine in 50 ml of isopropanol is boiled with stirring for 18 hours under reflux. The solvent is then evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue triturated with ethyl acetate. The N-(p-toluene)-4-carbethoxy-1-piperazinecarboximide-amide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts after recrystallization from isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester at 201-202°.
Eksempel_36Example_36
En blanding av 2,2 g N-(p-metoksyfenyl)-4-karbetoksy-1-piperazinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodid og 1,5 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-tiazin i 5 ml acetonitril kokes 10 timer under tilbakeløp. Den klare oppløsning blir avkjølt og fortynnet med eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder et bunnfall som avfiltreres og omkrystalliseres av acetonitril. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N'-(p-metoksyfenyl)-4-karbetoksy-1-piperazinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 203-204°. A mixture of 2.2 g of N-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4-carbethoxy-1-piperazinecarboximidamide hydroiodide and 1.5 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-thiazine in 5 ml of acetonitrile boiled for 10 hours under reflux. The clear solution is cooled and diluted with ethyl acetate. A precipitate is obtained which is filtered off and recrystallized from acetonitrile. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N'-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4-carbethoxy-1-piperazinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 203-204°.
Utgangsstoffet fremstilles som følgende:The starting material is produced as follows:
En blanding av 10 g p-anisidin-hydroklorid og 12,25 g kalium-tiocyanat oppvarmes 16 timer i 100 ml etanol. Reaksjonsblandingen blir avkjølt og filtrert. Residuet vaskes med vann og omkrystalliseres av metanol. Man erholder et fast material, hvilket smelter ved 226° og består av p-metoksy-fenyltiourinstoff. Man oppvarmer 5,3 g av den sistnevnte forbindelse med 10 ml metyljodid i 20 ml aceton 8 timer ved 50°. Reaksjonsblandingen avkjøles, det erholdte bunnfall frafiltreres og vaskes med aceton. Man erholder S-metyl-p-metoksyfenyl-isotiourinstoff-hydrojodid, hvilket smelter ved 165-166°.. A mixture of 10 g of p-anisidine hydrochloride and 12.25 g of potassium thiocyanate is heated for 16 hours in 100 ml of ethanol. The reaction mixture is cooled and filtered. The residue is washed with water and recrystallized from methanol. A solid material is obtained, which melts at 226° and consists of p-methoxy-phenylthiourea. 5.3 g of the latter compound are heated with 10 ml of methyl iodide in 20 ml of acetone for 8 hours at 50°. The reaction mixture is cooled, the precipitate obtained is filtered off and washed with acetone. S-methyl-p-methoxyphenyl isothiourea hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 165-166°.
En blanding av 6,4 g S-metyl-N-p-metoksyfenyl-iso-tiourinstof f-hydro jodid og 6,2 g 1-karbetoksy-piperazin i 50 ml acetonitril kokes 10 timer under tilbakeløp. Opp-løsningsmiddelet blir inndampet under forminsket trykk og A mixture of 6.4 g of S-methyl-N-p-methoxyphenyl-iso-thiourea f-hydro iodide and 6.2 g of 1-carbethoxy-piperazine in 50 ml of acetonitrile is boiled for 10 hours under reflux. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure and
det erholdte residuum tritureres med eddiksyreetylester.the residue obtained is triturated with acetic acid ethyl ester.
Man erholder S-mety1-p-metoksyfenyl-isotiourinstoff-hydrojodid, hvilket smelter ved 165-166°. S-methyl-p-methoxyphenyl isothiourea hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 165-166°.
En blanding av 6,4 g S-metyl-N-p-metoksyfenyl-isotiourinstof f -hydro jodid og 6,2 g 1-karbetoksy-piperazin i 50 ml acetonitril kokes 10 timer under tilbakeløp. Opp-løsningsmiddelet inndampes under forminsket trykk og det erholdte residuum tritureres med eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N- (p-metoksyfenyl)-4-karbetoksy-1-piperazin-karboksimidamid-hydro.jodidet, hvilket etter omkrystallisering av acetonitril smelter ved 156-157°. A mixture of 6.4 g of S-methyl-N-p-methoxyphenyl-isothiourea f-hydro iodide and 6.2 g of 1-carbethoxy-piperazine in 50 ml of acetonitrile is boiled for 10 hours under reflux. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained is triturated with acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4-carbethoxy-1-piperazine carboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which after recrystallization from acetonitrile melts at 156-157°.
Eksemgel_37Eczema gel_37
En suspensjon av 7,4 g N-(p-klorfenyl)-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid-hydro jodid i 50 ml acetonitril tilsettes med 4 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-tiazin. Blandingen kokes under omrøring 14 timer under tilbakeløp. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av isopropanol-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N<1->(p-klorfenyl)-4-morfo-linkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet. A suspension of 7.4 g of N-(p-chlorophenyl)-4-morpholine-carboxymidamide hydro iodide in 50 ml of acetonitrile is added with 4 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-thiazine. The mixture is boiled with stirring for 14 hours under reflux. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of isopropanol-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N<1->(p-chlorophenyl)-4-morpholinecarboxymidamide hydroiodide is obtained.
Utgangsstoffet fremstilles som følgende:The starting material is produced as follows:
En suspensjon av 32 g N-(p-klorfenyl)-S-metyl-isotiourinstof f-hydrojodid i 100 ml acetonitril blir tilsatt med 12 g morfolin. Blandingen kokes under omrøring 15 timer under tilbake-løp. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, og résiduet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av metylenklorid-eddiksyreetylester. Man erholder N-(p-klorfenyl)-4-morfolin-karboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 185-187°. A suspension of 32 g of N-(p-chlorophenyl)-S-methyl-isothiourea f-hydroiodide in 100 ml of acetonitrile is added with 12 g of morpholine. The mixture is boiled with stirring for 15 hours under reflux. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of methylene chloride-ethyl acetate. The N-(p-chlorophenyl)-4-morpholine carboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 185-187°.
Eksemp_el_38Example_el_38
En suspensjon av 7 g N-(p-klorfenyl)-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamid-hydrojodid i 40 ml acetonitril blir tilsatt under omrøring med 4 g 3-etoksy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-tiazin. Blandingen omrøres sterkt på et vannbad 12 timer. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av metylenklorid-eddiksyre etylester. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N1 -(p-klor-fenyl)-1-pyrrolidin-karboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 198°. A suspension of 7 g of N-(p-chlorophenyl)-1-pyrrolidine-carboximidamide hydroiodide in 40 ml of acetonitrile is added with stirring with 4 g of 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydro-2H-1,4-thiazine. The mixture is stirred vigorously in a water bath for 12 hours. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of methylene chloride-acetic acid ethyl ester. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N 1 -(p-chloro-phenyl)-1-pyrrolidine carboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 198°.
Utgangsstoffet fremstilles som følgende: En suspensjon av 16 g N-(4-klorfenyl)-S-metyl-isotiourinstoff-hydrojodid i 50 ml acetonitril tilsettes med 5 g pyrrolidin. Blandingen kokes under omrøring 15 timer under tilbakeløp. Acetonitrilet avdampes under forminsket trykk, og residuet omkrystalliseres av en blanding av eddiksyreetylester-isopropanol. Man erholder N-(4-klorfenyl)-1-pyrrolidinkarboksimidamid-hydrojodidet, hvilket smelter ved 195-196°. The starting material is prepared as follows: A suspension of 16 g of N-(4-chlorophenyl)-S-methyl-isothiourea hydroiodide in 50 ml of acetonitrile is added with 5 g of pyrrolidine. The mixture is boiled with stirring for 15 hours under reflux. The acetonitrile is evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue is recrystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate-isopropanol. The N-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-pyrrolidinecarboximidamide hydroiodide is obtained, which melts at 195-196°.
Eksemgel_39Eczema gel_39
En blanding av 1,9 g N-fenyl-1-pyrrolidinkarboks-imidamid og 1,4 g 3-klorpropyl-isotiocyanat i 25 ml vannfritt dioksan oppvarmes 3 timer ved 80°. Oppløsningsmiddelet avdampes under forminsket trykk, residuet vaskes med dietyleter og omkrystalliseres av.aceton-metanol. Man erholder N-(tiomorfolin-3-yliden)-N'-fenyl-1-pyrrolidinkarboksimid-amid-hydrokloridet, hvilket smelter ved 260-262°. A mixture of 1.9 g of N-phenyl-1-pyrrolidinecarboximidamide and 1.4 g of 3-chloropropyl isothiocyanate in 25 ml of anhydrous dioxane is heated for 3 hours at 80°. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue is washed with diethyl ether and recrystallized from acetone-methanol. The N-(thiomorpholin-3-ylidene)-N'-phenyl-1-pyrrolidine carboximide amide hydrochloride is obtained, which melts at 260-262°.
Eksemgel_4 0Eksemgel_4 0
En blanding av 5,5 g N-fenyl-4-mbrfolinkarboksimid-amid-hydro jodid og 3,8 g 5-etoksy-2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-T,4-tiazepin i 20 ml acetonitril oppvarmes under omrøring 6 timer ved 80-90°. Oppløsningen blir konsentrert under forminsket trykk, det erholdte faste material avfiltreres og omkrystalliseres av acetonitril. Man erholder N-(heksa-hydro-5H-1,4-tiazepin-5-yliden)-N'-fenyl-4-morfolinkarboks-imidamid-hydro jodidet , hvilket smelter under spalting ved 225°. A mixture of 5.5 g of N-phenyl-4-mbrfolinecarboximide-amide-hydro iodide and 3.8 g of 5-ethoxy-2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-T,4-thiazepine in 20 ml of acetonitrile is heated with stirring for 6 hours at 80-90°. The solution is concentrated under reduced pressure, the solid material obtained is filtered off and recrystallized from acetonitrile. N-(hexa-hydro-5H-1,4-thiazepin-5-ylidene)-N'-phenyl-4-morpholinecarboximidamide hydro iodide is obtained, which melts during decomposition at 225°.
Éksempel_41Example_41
En blanding av 3,6 g N<1->feny1-1-(4-morfolinyl)-S-metyl-isotiourinstoff-hydrojodid og 2 g 2-amino-2-tiazolin i 30 ml acetonitril kokes 8 timer under tilbakeløp. Opp-løsningsmiddelet avdampes ved forminsket trykk, residuet gjøres basisk med alkali og ekstraheres med metylenklorid. Den rå base kromatograferes på silikagel i eddiksyreetylester og kolonnen elueres med eddiksyreetylester som inneholder stigende mengder av metanol. De senere fraksjoner gir en oljeaktig base som behandles med klorhydrogen i isopropanol. Man erholder 1 -(4-morfolinyl)-N1-fenyl-N-(2-tiazolinyl)-formamidin-hydrokloridet, hvilket smelter etter omkrystallisering av en blanding av metanol og dietyleter ved 225-227°. A mixture of 3.6 g of N<1->phenyl-1-(4-morpholinyl)-S-methyl-isothiourea hydroiodide and 2 g of 2-amino-2-thiazoline in 30 ml of acetonitrile is boiled for 8 hours under reflux. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue is made basic with alkali and extracted with methylene chloride. The crude base is chromatographed on silica gel in acetic acid ethyl ester and the column is eluted with acetic acid ethyl ester containing increasing amounts of methanol. The later fractions give an oily base which is treated with hydrogen chloride in isopropanol. The 1-(4-morpholinyl)-N1-phenyl-N-(2-thiazolinyl)-formamidine hydrochloride is obtained, which melts after recrystallization from a mixture of methanol and diethyl ether at 225-227°.
Claims (6)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CH499579 | 1979-05-29 | ||
CH499479 | 1979-05-29 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
NO801586L true NO801586L (en) | 1980-12-01 |
Family
ID=25696714
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
NO801586A NO801586L (en) | 1979-05-29 | 1980-05-28 | GUANIDINES, PROCEDURES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS CONTAINING SUCH COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE |
Country Status (11)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0020304A1 (en) |
DD (1) | DD151167A5 (en) |
DK (1) | DK229580A (en) |
ES (1) | ES491871A0 (en) |
FI (1) | FI801691A (en) |
GR (1) | GR68376B (en) |
IL (1) | IL60169A0 (en) |
NO (1) | NO801586L (en) |
PL (1) | PL224522A1 (en) |
PT (1) | PT71314A (en) |
SU (1) | SU1003752A3 (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0028883A3 (en) * | 1979-11-10 | 1981-06-03 | Beecham Group Plc | Benzimidazoline derivatives, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
CN1395467A (en) * | 2000-09-07 | 2003-02-05 | 美国拜尔公司 | Cyclic and acyclic amidines and pharmaceutical compositions containing them for use as progesterone receptor binding agents |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CH514584A (en) * | 1967-02-27 | 1971-10-31 | Hoffmann La Roche | Pyrroline cpds hypoglycaemics anti-diabetics |
DE2205744A1 (en) * | 1972-02-08 | 1973-08-09 | Thomae Gmbh Dr K | Guanidinylidene-subst cpds |
FR2284601A1 (en) * | 1974-09-10 | 1976-04-09 | Inst Francais Du Petrole | ALKYL GUANIDINO-HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE AS ADDITIVES FOR FUEL AND LUBRICANTS |
CS225804B2 (en) * | 1976-03-19 | 1984-02-13 | Mcneilab Inc | The production of the heterocyclic derivates of the guanidine |
-
1980
- 1980-05-23 EP EP80810172A patent/EP0020304A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1980-05-26 FI FI801691A patent/FI801691A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1980-05-27 DD DD80221395A patent/DD151167A5/en unknown
- 1980-05-27 GR GR62057A patent/GR68376B/el unknown
- 1980-05-27 IL IL60169A patent/IL60169A0/en unknown
- 1980-05-27 SU SU802925201A patent/SU1003752A3/en active
- 1980-05-27 ES ES491871A patent/ES491871A0/en active Granted
- 1980-05-27 PL PL22452280A patent/PL224522A1/xx unknown
- 1980-05-28 PT PT71314A patent/PT71314A/en unknown
- 1980-05-28 DK DK229580A patent/DK229580A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1980-05-28 NO NO801586A patent/NO801586L/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
SU1003752A3 (en) | 1983-03-07 |
ES8105273A1 (en) | 1981-06-01 |
PT71314A (en) | 1980-06-01 |
DD151167A5 (en) | 1981-10-08 |
FI801691A (en) | 1980-11-30 |
DK229580A (en) | 1980-11-30 |
ES491871A0 (en) | 1981-06-01 |
EP0020304A1 (en) | 1980-12-10 |
GR68376B (en) | 1981-12-28 |
PL224522A1 (en) | 1981-02-13 |
IL60169A0 (en) | 1980-07-31 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
FI76795C (en) | Process for the preparation of novel, therapeutically useful 3,4-disubstituted 1,2,5-thiadiazole-1-oxides and -1,1-dioxides and novel intermediates | |
AU593640B2 (en) | Thienopyrimidine-2,4-dione derivatives | |
IE50440B1 (en) | Guanidine derivatives,processes for their manufacture and pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
US3227713A (en) | Azine derivatives | |
HU179492B (en) | Process for producing 1,2,4-thiadiasole derivatives | |
HU178203B (en) | Process for producing sulfonamido-pyridine derivatives | |
HU184259B (en) | Process for producing 2-imidazoline derivatives | |
CA1207763A (en) | Chemical process for preparing subtituted 3,4- diamino-1,2,5-thiadiazoles having histamine h.sub.2-receptor antagonist activity | |
US3560501A (en) | Process for making dihydroquinazolines | |
US3538086A (en) | 4-oxo-4h-pyrimido 2,1-b benzothiazoles | |
CA1103245A (en) | Process for the manufacture of novel oxadiazolopyrimidine derivatives | |
PT95317A (en) | PROCESS FOR OBTAINING A NEW TIAZOL COMPOUND INTENDED | |
US4342764A (en) | Guanidine compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and use | |
US4315019A (en) | Novel aryltrifluoroethylamines and processes for producing the same | |
NO801586L (en) | GUANIDINES, PROCEDURES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS CONTAINING SUCH COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE | |
US4147698A (en) | 3-(Heterocyclicalkylamino)benzisothiazole-1,1-dioxides | |
NO148524B (en) | ANALOGY PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF THERAPEUTIC ACTIVE HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES OF GUANIDINE | |
CA1244827A (en) | Process for preparing 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thiazolo ¬5,4-c|-pyridine derivatives | |
US4626537A (en) | Guanidines, pharmaceutical compositions and use | |
US4705787A (en) | Quinazolinone derivatives, processes for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same | |
US3184460A (en) | 1-(alkoxyphenylalkyl)-2-imidazolinones, -2-imidazolidinones and -2-pyrimidinones | |
US4166910A (en) | 3-(Nitrogen containing heterocyclic)amino) benzisothiazole-1,1-dioxide | |
US4102890A (en) | 2-Amino oxazolines and process for making the same | |
US3946010A (en) | 3-Phenyl-2,5-dihydro-as-triazin-6 (1H)-ones | |
US3538085A (en) | 1-phenylsulfonyl-2-imino-imidazolidines and hexahydropyrimidines |